Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

live in the fear of the Lord

  • 1 ♦ live

    ♦ live /laɪv/
    A a. attr.
    1 vivo; vivente; vitale; energico; ardente; acceso: a live lobster, un'aragosta viva; ( pesca) live bait, esca viva; a live colour, un colore vivo (o acceso); to make the question a live issue, tener viva la questione; live fire, fuoco vivo; live coals, carboni ardenti; a live cigarette, una sigaretta accesa; live air, aria viva ( fresca e pura)
    2 (mil.) carico; inesploso: a live shell, un proiettile inesploso; a live gun, un fucile (o un revolver) carico
    3 non utilizzato; ancora buono: a live match, un fiammifero non utilizzato
    4 (elettr.) sotto tensione
    6 ( radio, TV) in collegamento diretto; in diretta; dal vivo: live TV coverage, servizio in diretta; a live concert, un concerto dal vivo
    8 (scherz., = real live) vivo e parlante; in carne e ossa; vero e proprio: a real live martian, un marziano in carne e ossa; a real live steam engine, una macchina a vapore vera ( non un giocattolo)
    9 (fis. nucl.) attivo
    B avv.
    ( radio, TV) dal vivo; in diretta
    ● (naut., mil.) live ammunition, munizionamento da guerra □ ( radio, TV) live audience, pubblico di una trasmissione in diretta □ (autom., mecc.) live axle, asse motore; motoassale; ponte (posteriore) rigido □ live-born, nato vivo □ a live-born child, un nato vivo □ a live cartridge, una cartuccia piena □ (mecc.) live centre, contropunta girevole ( di tornio, ecc.) □ live food, animali vivi usati come cibo per altri animali ( per serpenti, ecc.) □ live load, (edil.) carico accidentale, carico di traffico; (trasp.) carico utile ( d'un autobus, ecc.) □ (bot.) live oak ( Quercus virginiana), quercia della Virginia □ a live question, un problema di attualità □ (ferr.) live rail, terza rotaia □ (mecc.) live wheels, ruote motrici □ live wire, (elettr.) filo sotto tensione, filo caldo; (fig.) persona attiva (o energica, vigorosa) □ live yoghurt, yoghurt che contiene fermenti vivi.
    ♦ (to) live /lɪv/
    A v. i.
    1 vivere; essere in vita; essere vivo; campare; esistere: to live to be a hundred, vivere (o campare) fino a cent'anni; They found him still living, lo hanno trovato ancora in vita; to live in fear, vivere nella paura
    2 vivere; sopravvivere: The doctors don't think that the patient will live, i dottori non credono che il malato vivrà
    3 vivere; abitare; stare: to live apart, vivere separati; to live locally, abitare nelle vicinanze; to live at home, vivere con i genitori; to live by oneself (o on one's own) vivere da solo; to live by the sea, abitare vicino al mare; They live in Rome, abitano (o stanno) a Roma; to live in the country, vivere (o abitare) in campagna; They live above the shop, abitano sopra il negozio; DIALOGO → - Accommodation- Where are you living?, dove vivi?
    4 vivere una vita piena; godersi la vita; divertirsi: It's high time I started living, è ora che io cominci a godermi la vita
    5 (fig., di un ricordo, ecc.) essere vivido; essere vivo; perdurare: The episode still lives in my memory, l'episodio è ancora vivo nella mia memoria
    6 (fig., di una cosa) durare; resistere; salvarsi ( dalla distruzione)
    7 (scherz., di un oggetto) essere; stare: Where does the screwdriver live?, dove sta il cacciavite?; dove tieni il cacciavite?
    B v. t.
    vivere, fare ( una vita): to live a peaceful life, vivere una vita tranquilla; to live a life of ease, far vita comoda
    ● (fam.) to live and breathe st., vivere solo per qc. to live one day at a time, vivere giorno per giorno (o alla giornata) □ to live a double life, avere una doppia vita □ to live a lie, vivere nella menzogna □ to live above (o beyond) one's means, vivere al di sopra dei propri mezzi □ to live for the day when…, non vedere l'ora che… □ to live from day to day, vivere alla giornata ( senza un futuro) □ to live from hand to mouth, vivere miseramente; vivere alla giornata □ to live high, wide and handsome, vivere da gran signore; spendere e spandere □ (fam.) to live in a fool's paradise, vivere in un paradiso artificiale (o nel mondo della luna); chiudere gli occhi alla realtà □ to live in a goldfish bowl, vivere in una casa di vetro (fig.); non avere una vita privata □ to live in hope, continuare a sperare; mantener viva la speranza □ (fam.) to live it up, darsi alla bella vita; divertirsi spendendo e spandendo □ to live like fighting cocks, fare vita da pascià (o da nababbo) □ to live like a lord, vivere da gran signore (o da nababbo, da pascià) □ to live like a saint, vivere santamente □ (antiq. o scherz.) to live in sin, vivere nel peccato; (fam.) convivere; vivere more uxorio □ to live to fight another day, sopravvivere; scamparla □ to live to oneself, vivere per conto proprio; far vita a sé; fare vita ritirata □ to live to tell the tale, uscirne vivo; scamparla; poterla raccontare □ ( nelle fiabe) and they lived happily everafter, e vissero felici e contenti □ (prov.) Live and let live!, vivi e lascia vivere! □ Now we're really living!, questa sì che è vita! □ (fam. USA) I should live so long!, magari!; fosse vero! □ (fam. USA) where one lives, nel punto vitale; nel punto debole □ You live and learn!, non si finisce mai di imparare!

    English-Italian dictionary > ♦ live

  • 2 live

    I 1. adjective
    1) attrib. (alive) lebend
    2) (Radio, Telev.)

    live performance — Live-Aufführung, die

    live broadcast — Live-Sendung, die; Direktübertragung, die

    3) (topical) aktuell [Thema, Frage]
    4) (Electr.) Strom führend
    5) (unexploded) scharf [Munition usw.]
    6) (glowing) glühend [Kohle]
    7) (joc.): (actual)
    2. adverb
    (Radio, Telev.) live [übertragen usw.]
    II 1. intransitive verb

    you'll live(iron.) du wirst's [schon] überleben (iron.)

    as long as I live I shall never... — mein Leben lang werde ich nicht...

    live to see — [mit]erleben

    you live and learnman lernt nie aus

    live through somethingetwas durchmachen (ugs.); (survive) etwas überleben

    live to a ripe old age/to be a hundred — ein hohes Alter erreichen/hundert Jahre alt werden

    2) (make permanent home) wohnen; leben

    live with somebodymit jemandem zusammenleben

    live with something(lit. or fig.) mit etwas leben

    2. transitive verb

    live it updas Leben in vollen Zügen genießen; (have a good time) einen draufmachen (ugs.)

    Phrasal Verbs:
    - academic.ru/43363/live_down">live down
    * * *
    I 1. [liv] verb
    1) (to have life; to be alive: This poison is dangerous to everything that lives.) leben
    2) (to survive: The doctors say he is very ill, but they think he will live; It was difficult to believe that she had lived through such an experience.) überleben
    3) (to have one's home or dwelling (in a particular place): She lives next to the church; They went to live in Bristol / in a huge house.) wohnen
    4) (to pass (one's life): He lived a life of luxury; She lives in fear of being attacked.) leben
    5) ((with by) to make enough money etc to feed and house oneself: He lives by fishing.) den Lebensunterhalt bestreiten mit
    - -lived
    - living 2. noun
    (the money etc needed to feed and house oneself and keep oneself alive: He earns his living driving a taxi; She makes a good living as an author.) der Lebensunterhalt
    - living-room
    - live-in
    - live and let live
    - live down
    - live in
    - out
    - live on
    - live up to
    - within living memory
    - in living memory
    II 1. adjective
    1) (having life; not dead: a live mouse.) lebendig
    2) ((of a radio or television broadcast etc) heard or seen as the event takes place; not recorded: I watched a live performance of my favourite opera on television; Was the performance live or recorded?) live
    3) (full of energy, and capable of becoming active: a live bomb) scharf
    4) (burning: a live coal.) glühend
    2. adverb
    ((of a radio or television broadcast etc) as the event takes place: The competition will be broadcast live.) live
    - lively
    - liveliness
    - livestock
    - live wire
    * * *
    live1
    [laɪv]
    I. adj inv
    1. attr (living) lebend
    a real \live grizzly bear ein echter Grizzlybär
    \live animals echte Tiere
    2. MUS, RADIO, TV live
    \live audience Live-Publikum nt
    \live broadcast Liveübertragung f, Livesendung f
    \live coverage aktuelle Berichterstattung, Berichterstattung vor Ort
    \live entertainment Liveunterhaltung f, Liveshow f
    \live performance Liveauftritt m
    \live recording Liveaufzeichnung f
    3. ELEC geladen
    \live wire Hochspannungskabel nt
    4. (unexploded) scharf
    \live ammunition scharfe Munition
    5. (burning) glühend
    \live coals glühende Kohlen
    6. (not obsolete)
    \live issue aktuelle Frage
    II. adv inv MUS, RADIO, TV live, direkt
    to broadcast \live direkt [o live] übertragen
    to cover sth \live von etw dat live berichten
    to go \live COMPUT den Echtbetrieb aufnehmen
    to perform \live live auftreten
    as \live broadcast, transmit beinahe live (wenn eine Live-Übertragung um kurze Zeit verzögert wird, falls etwas nicht gesendet werden soll)
    live2
    [lɪv]
    I. vi
    1. (be alive) leben
    will she \live? wird sie überleben?
    “I've got a terrible cold!” — “oh, you'll live!” „ich bin total erkältet!“ — „ach, du wirst schon nicht sterben!“
    to \live to [be] a ripe [old] age ein hohes Alter erreichen
    she \lived to be 97 years old sie wurde 97 Jahre alt
    2. (spend life) leben
    ... and/where they \lived happily ever after... und wenn sie nicht gestorben sind, dann leben sie noch heute
    to \live above [or beyond] /within one's means über seine Verhältnisse/entsprechend seinen Möglichkeiten leben
    to \live alone/dangerously alleine/gefährlich leben
    to \live by one's principles seinen Prinzipien treu bleiben
    to \live high gut leben
    to \live in fear/luxury in Angst/Luxus leben
    to \live in plenty ein Leben im Überfluss führen, im Überfluss leben
    to \live in squalor [or dire need] in ärmlichen Verhältnissen leben
    to make life worth living das Leben lebenswert machen
    3. (subsist) leben
    to \live by sth von etw dat leben
    the family \lives by hunting and farming die Familie lebt vom Jagen und von der Landwirtschaft
    he \lives by the pen er lebt vom Schreiben
    she \lives by crime sie lebt von Verbrechen
    4. (be remembered) weiterleben
    his music will \live for ever seine Musik ist unvergänglich
    to \live in sb's memory in jds Erinnerung weiterleben
    her spirit lives in her work ihr Geist lebt in ihren Werken weiter
    5. (have interesting life)
    you've never been bungee-jumping? you haven't lived! du warst noch nie Bungee-Jumping? du weißt nicht, was du versäumt hast!
    if you haven't seen Venice, you haven't \lived Venedig sehen und sterben
    to \live a little [or a bit] das Leben genießen
    6. (reside) wohnen
    where do you \live? wo wohnst du?
    to \live in the country/in town auf dem Land/in der Stadt wohnen
    to \live next door nebenan wohnen
    to \live next door to sb neben jdm wohnen
    7. ( fam: be kept) sein
    where does the sugar \live? wo hast du den Zucker?; (belong) gehören
    the pots \live in the cupboard next to the cooker die Töpfe gehören in den Schrank neben dem Herd
    8.
    as I \live and breathe!:
    good Lord! Sally Watson, as I \live and breathe! Mensch! wenn das nicht Sally Watson ist!
    to \live to fight another day es überstehen, überleben
    you [or we] \live and learn man lernt nie aus
    to \live and let \live ( saying) leben und leben lassen
    long \live the King/Queen! lang lebe der König/die Königin!
    to \live to regret sth etw noch bereuen werden
    we \lived to tell the tale wir haben's überlebt
    to \live by one's wits sich akk durchschlagen
    II. vt
    to \live [one's] life to the full das Leben in vollen Zügen genießen
    to \live a life of luxury ein luxuriöses [o extravagantes] Leben führen
    to \live one's own life sein eigenes Leben leben
    to \live and breathe sth mit Leib und Seele für etw akk sein
    to \live a lie mit einer Lebenslüge leben
    * * *
    I [lɪv]
    1. vt
    life führen
    2. vi
    1) (= be alive, survive) leben

    there is no man living who can equal him — es gibt niemanden, der es ihm gleichtun könnte

    will he live, doctor? — wird er (über)leben, Herr Doktor?

    don't worry, you'll live, it's only a broken ankle — reg dich nicht auf, du stirbst schon nicht, du hast nur einen gebrochenen Knöchel

    we live and learnman lernt nie aus

    his music will live for ever —

    his spirit still lives in his work if the spirit of the Renaissance should ever live again it was as though the father were living again in the son — sein Geist lebt in seinem Werk weiter wenn der Geist der Renaissance je wieder erwachen sollte es war, als lebte der Vater im Sohn weiter

    to live by one's witssich ( so) durchschlagen

    they lived in fear of losing their jobs — sie lebten in ständiger Angst, ihre Stelle zu verlieren

    he lived through two warser hat zwei Kriege miterlebt

    the patient was not expected to live through the night — man rechnete nicht damit, dass der Patient die Nacht überstehen or überleben würde

    you'll live to regret it —

    he lives for his work/children — er lebt für seine Arbeit/Kinder

    2)

    (= experience real living) I want to live — ich will leben or was erleben (inf)

    that's existing, not living — das ist doch kein Leben

    you've never skied? you haven't lived! —

    you've never lived until you've discovered Crete — wer Kreta nicht kennt, hat noch nicht gelebt

    before she met him she hadn't livedsie begann erst zu leben, als sie ihn kennenlernte

    3) (= reside) wohnen, leben; (animals) leben

    he lives at 19 Marktstraße — er wohnt in der Marktstraße Nr. 19

    he lives in Gardner St/on the High Street —

    who lives in that big house? — wer bewohnt das große Haus?, wer wohnt in dem großen Haus?

    a house not fit to live in — ein unbewohnbares Haus, ein Haus, in dem man nicht wohnen kann

    this house is not fit for a human being to live indies ist eine menschenunwürdige Behausung

    4) (inf

    = belong) where does this jug live? —

    5)

    the other athletes couldn't live with him/the pace — die anderen Läufer konnten mit ihm/mit dem Tempo nicht mithalten

    II [laɪv]
    1. adj
    1) (= alive) lebend; issue, question aktuell
    2) (= having power or energy) coal glühend; match ungebraucht; cartridge, shell scharf; (ELEC) geladen

    "danger, live wires!" — "Vorsicht Hochspannung!"

    3) (RAD, TV) live
    2. adv (RAD, TV)
    live, direkt
    * * *
    live1 [lıv]
    A v/i
    1. leben, am Leben sein:
    the characters in this novel seem to live die Gestalten in diesem Roman wirken lebendig;
    get sb where he lives fig jemanden an einer empfindlichen Stelle treffen
    2. leben, am Leben bleiben:
    live long lange leben;
    people live longer and longer die Menschen werden immer älter;
    the doctors don’t think he will live die Ärzte glauben nicht, dass er durchkommt;
    his doctor gave him one year to live sein Arzt gab ihm noch ein Jahr;
    live through sth etwas durchleben oder -machen oder -stehen;
    the patient did not live through the night der Patient hat die Nacht nicht überlebt;
    live to be old, live to an old age ein hohes Alter erreichen, alt werden;
    he wants to live to a hundred er will 100 werden;
    live to see erleben;
    he did not live to see it er hat es nicht mehr erlebt;
    he will live to regret it er wird es noch bereuen;
    you live and learn man lernt nie aus;
    live with sth fig mit etwas leben;
    I’ll have to live with it ich werde damit leben müssen
    3. oft live on bes fig weiter-, fortleben:
    4. aushalten, sich halten, bestehen
    5. leben (on, upon von), sich ernähren (on, upon von; by von, durch):
    earn enough to live genug zum Leben verdienen;
    live off one’s capital von seinem Kapital leben oder zehren;
    he lives on his wife er lebt auf Kosten oder von (den Einkünften) seiner Frau;
    live on the State auf Staatskosten leben;
    live by painting vom Malen leben, sich seinen Lebensunterhalt durch Malen verdienen; bread Bes Redew
    6. ehrlich etc leben, ein ehrliches etc Leben führen:
    live well üppig oder gut leben;
    live poorly ein kärgliches Leben fristen;
    live to o.s. ganz für sich leben;
    live within o.s. sich nur mit sich selbst beschäftigen;
    she lived there a widow sie lebte dort als Witwe; day Bes Redew, income, mean3 B 5
    7. leben, wohnen ( beide:
    with bei):
    live with sb mit jemandem zusammenleben
    8. leben, das Leben genießen:
    live and let live leben und leben lassen
    B v/t
    1. ein bestimmtes Leben führen oder leben:
    live a double life ein Doppelleben führen
    2. (vor)leben, im Leben verwirklichen:
    he lives his faith er lebt seinen Glauben;
    live a lie die liebende (Ehe)Frau oder den liebenden (Ehe-)Mann spielen
    3. live and breathe sth in etwas völlig aufgehen;
    he lives and breathes football sein Leben besteht nur aus Fußball
    live2 [laıv]
    A adj (meist attr)
    1. lebend, lebendig (Tiere etc):
    live birth Lebendgeburt f;
    live hair Haar n von lebenden Wesen;
    live oak Immergrüne Eiche;
    live rock lebender oder gewachsener Fels;
    live show Liveshow f (Vorführung eines Geschlechtsaktes vor Publikum) ( A 9);
    live weight Lebendgewicht n;
    a real live lord umg ein richtiger oder echter Lord
    2. energisch, tatkräftig (Vorgehen etc)
    3. aktuell (Frage etc)
    4. glühend (Kohle etc), (Zigarette etc auch) brennend
    5. scharf (Munition etc)
    6. ungebraucht (Streichholz)
    7. aktiv (Vulkan)
    8. ELEK Spannung oder Strom führend, unter Spannung oder Strom stehend; live wire 1
    9. RADIO, TV Direkt…, Original…, Live…:
    live broadcast Direktübertragung f;
    live show Liveshow f (live übertragene Show) ( A 1)
    10. lebhaft, lebendig (Farben)
    11. TECH
    a) Antriebs…
    b) angetrieben:
    live center (bes Br centre) mitlaufende Spitze;
    live wheel Antriebsrad n
    c) beweglich:
    live load Verkehrs-, Auflast f
    12. Akustik: Hall…:
    live room Hallraum m
    13. TYPO gebrauchs-, druckfertig:
    live matter druckfertiger Satz, Stehsatz m
    14. SPORT im Spiel (befindlich) (Ball)
    B adv RADIO, TV direkt, original, live:
    * * *
    I 1. adjective
    1) attrib. (alive) lebend
    2) (Radio, Telev.)

    live performance — Live-Aufführung, die

    live broadcast — Live-Sendung, die; Direktübertragung, die

    3) (topical) aktuell [Thema, Frage]
    4) (Electr.) Strom führend
    5) (unexploded) scharf [Munition usw.]
    6) (glowing) glühend [Kohle]
    7) (joc.): (actual)
    2. adverb
    (Radio, Telev.) live [übertragen usw.]
    II 1. intransitive verb

    you'll live(iron.) du wirst's [schon] überleben (iron.)

    as long as I live I shall never... — mein Leben lang werde ich nicht...

    live to see — [mit]erleben

    live through somethingetwas durchmachen (ugs.); (survive) etwas überleben

    live to a ripe old age/to be a hundred — ein hohes Alter erreichen/hundert Jahre alt werden

    2) (make permanent home) wohnen; leben

    live with something(lit. or fig.) mit etwas leben

    2. transitive verb

    live it up — das Leben in vollen Zügen genießen; (have a good time) einen draufmachen (ugs.)

    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    adj.
    aktiv adj.
    lebendig adj. (on) v.
    leben (von) v. v.
    leben v.
    wohnen v.

    English-german dictionary > live

  • 3 live

    I
    1. liv verb
    1) (to have life; to be alive: This poison is dangerous to everything that lives.) vivir
    2) (to survive: The doctors say he is very ill, but they think he will live; It was difficult to believe that she had lived through such an experience.) sobrevivir
    3) (to have one's home or dwelling (in a particular place): She lives next to the church; They went to live in Bristol / in a huge house.) vivir
    4) (to pass (one's life): He lived a life of luxury; She lives in fear of being attacked.) vivir
    5) ((with by) to make enough money etc to feed and house oneself: He lives by fishing.) vivir de
    - - lived
    - living
    2. noun
    (the money etc needed to feed and house oneself and keep oneself alive: He earns his living driving a taxi; She makes a good living as an author.) medio de vida, sustento
    - live-in
    - live and let live
    - live down
    - live in
    - out
    - live on
    - live up to
    - within living memory
    - in living memory

    II
    1.
    adjective
    1) (having life; not dead: a live mouse.) vivo
    2) ((of a radio or television broadcast etc) heard or seen as the event takes place; not recorded: I watched a live performance of my favourite opera on television; Was the performance live or recorded?) en directo
    3) (full of energy, and capable of becoming active: a live bomb) activo, vivo
    4) (burning: a live coal.) candente

    2. adverb
    ((of a radio or television broadcast etc) as the event takes place: The competition will be broadcast live.) en directo
    - liveliness
    - livestock
    - live wire

    live1 adj
    1. vivo
    2. en directo / en vivo
    live2 vb
    1. vivir
    where do you live? ¿dónde vives?
    2. alimentarse
    3. sobrevivir / existir
    tr[laɪv]
    1 (not dead) vivo,-a
    2 (still burning) vivo,-a, candente; (issue) candente
    3 (ammunition) real; (bomb) sin explotar
    4 SMALLELECTRICITY/SMALL con corriente
    5 (broadcast) en directo
    1 en directo, en vivo
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    live wire cable nombre masculino vivo 2 (person) nervio, torbellino
    ————————
    tr[lɪv]
    1 vivir
    1 vivir
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    to live and learn vivir para ver
    to live and let live vivir y dejar vivir
    to live by one's wits vivir del ingenio
    to live in sin vivir en el pecado
    to live in style familiar vivir a lo grande
    to live it up familiar pasárselo bomba
    to live out of a suitcase familiar ir de hotel en hotel
    to live out of cans familiar vivir (a base) de latas
    live ['lɪv] vi, lived ; living
    1) exist: vivir
    as long as I live: mientras viva
    to live from day to day: vivir al día
    2) : llevar una vida, vivir
    he lived simply: llevó una vida sencilla
    3) subsist: mantenerse, vivir
    4) reside: vivir, residir
    live ['laɪv] adj
    1) living: vivo
    2) burning: encendido
    a live coal: una brasa
    3) : con corriente
    live wires: cables con corriente
    4) : cargado, sin estallar
    a live bomb: una bomba sin estallar
    5) current: de actualidad
    a live issue: un asunto de actualidad
    6) : en vivo, en directo
    a live interview: una entrevista en vivo
    adj.
    en vivo adj.
    adj.
    de actualidad adj.
    en directo adj.
    encendido, -a adj.
    vivo, -a adj.
    v.
    anidar v.
    habitar v.
    morar v.
    vivir v.

    I
    1. lɪv
    1)
    a) (be, remain alive) vivir

    (for) as long as I live — mientras viva, toda la vida

    you'll live — (colloq) no te vas a morir (fam)

    you live and learn — (set phrase) todos los días se aprende algo nuevo

    live and let live — (set phrase) vive y deja vivir a los demás

    b) ( experience life) vivir

    never eaten paella? you haven't lived! — ¿no has comido nunca una paella? pues no sabes lo que te pierdes or lo que es bueno!

    2)
    a) ( conduct one's life) vivir

    to live like a king o lord — vivir a cuerpo de rey

    b) ( support oneself) vivir
    3)
    a) ( reside) vivir

    where do you live? — ¿donde vives?

    b) ( belong) (esp BrE colloq) ir*

    where do these dishes live? — ¿dónde van estos platos?


    2.
    vt

    she lives a happy life — lleva una vida feliz, vive feliz

    Phrasal Verbs:

    II laɪv
    1) ( alive) vivo

    wow, a real live princess! — uy, una princesa de verdad or de carne y hueso!

    2) ( of current interest) < issue> candente, de actualidad
    3) (Rad, TV)
    4)
    a) ( Mil)

    live bombbomba f que no ha estallado

    b) ( Elec) <circuit/terminal> con corriente, cargado
    c) ( on fire) encendido

    III laɪv
    adverb (Rad, TV) < broadcast> en directo, en vivo

    I [lɪv]
    1. VI
    1) (=exist) vivir

    the times we live in — los tiempos en que vivimos, los tiempos que corremos

    to live in fearvivir atemorizado

    she lives in fear of her life/that she may be found out — vive temiendo por su vida/que la descubran

    to live for sth, I'm living for the day (when) I retire — vivo esperando a que llegue el día en que me jubile

    to live for today or the moment — vivir al día

    - live and let live
    hand 1., 1), happily, hope 1., 1), long I, 2., 1) shadow 1., 1), style 1., 4)
    2) (=survive)

    you'll live! hum — ¡de esta no te mueres! hum

    he lived to a ripe old age/to be 103 — llegó a viejo/a cumplir 103 años

    regret 2., 2)
    3) (=conduct o.s.) vivir

    she lives by her own rules — vive según sus propias normas

    to live modestly/ well — vivir modestamente/bien

    - live like a king or a lord
    dangerously, sin 1.
    4) (=earn one's living) vivir
    pen I, 1., wit I, 1)
    5) (=reside) vivir

    where do you live? — ¿dónde vives?

    to live in a flat/in London — vivir en un piso/en Londres

    this house isn't fit to live in — esta casa está en pésimas condiciones

    6) (Brit) * (=go, belong) ir, guardarse

    where does the teapot live? — ¿dónde va or se guarda la tetera?

    7) (=enjoy life)

    let's live a little! * — ¡vivamos la vida un poquito! *

    if you've never been to an opera, you haven't lived *si no has ido nunca a la ópera no sabes lo qué es vivir

    2. VT
    1) [+ life] (gen) vivir; (in particular way) llevar

    to live a life of luxury/crime — llevar una vida de lujos/de delincuencia

    2) (Theat)

    II [laɪv]
    1. ADJ
    1) (=living) [animal, person] vivo

    9.1 deaths per thousand live births — 9,1 muertes por cada mil bebés nacidos vivos

    2) (=topical) [issue] de actualidad, candente
    3) (Rad, TV) [broadcast, coverage] en vivo, en directo; [performance, show, recording] en vivo
    4) (=not blank) [shell, ammunition] cargado; [bomb] sin explotar
    5) (=still burning) [coal] encendido, prendido (LAm)
    6) (Elec) [cable, wire, appliance] conectado, con corriente

    is this cable live? — ¿está conectado or tiene corriente este cable?

    2. ADV
    1) (Rad, TV) en vivo, en directo

    here, live from New York, is our reporter Malcolm McDonald — aquí tenemos a nuestro corresponsal Malcolm McDonald que nos habla en directo desde Nueva York

    2)

    to go live(=come into operation) entrar en funcionamiento

    3.
    CPD

    live bait N — (Fishing) cebo m vivo

    live coal Nbrasa f, ascua f

    live export N[of livestock] exportación f en pie

    live oak Nroble m de Virginia

    live rail Nraíl m electrizado

    live weight N[of livestock] peso m en pie

    live wire N — (Elec) alambre m conectado, alambre m con corriente; (fig) * torbellino * m

    he's a real live wire! — ¡es un torbellino! *, ¡tiene mucha marcha! *

    live yoghurt Nyogur m con biocultivos

    * * *

    I
    1. [lɪv]
    1)
    a) (be, remain alive) vivir

    (for) as long as I live — mientras viva, toda la vida

    you'll live — (colloq) no te vas a morir (fam)

    you live and learn — (set phrase) todos los días se aprende algo nuevo

    live and let live — (set phrase) vive y deja vivir a los demás

    b) ( experience life) vivir

    never eaten paella? you haven't lived! — ¿no has comido nunca una paella? pues no sabes lo que te pierdes or lo que es bueno!

    2)
    a) ( conduct one's life) vivir

    to live like a king o lord — vivir a cuerpo de rey

    b) ( support oneself) vivir
    3)
    a) ( reside) vivir

    where do you live? — ¿donde vives?

    b) ( belong) (esp BrE colloq) ir*

    where do these dishes live? — ¿dónde van estos platos?


    2.
    vt

    she lives a happy life — lleva una vida feliz, vive feliz

    Phrasal Verbs:

    II [laɪv]
    1) ( alive) vivo

    wow, a real live princess! — uy, una princesa de verdad or de carne y hueso!

    2) ( of current interest) < issue> candente, de actualidad
    3) (Rad, TV)
    4)
    a) ( Mil)

    live bombbomba f que no ha estallado

    b) ( Elec) <circuit/terminal> con corriente, cargado
    c) ( on fire) encendido

    III [laɪv]
    adverb (Rad, TV) < broadcast> en directo, en vivo

    English-spanish dictionary > live

  • 4 fear

    1. noun
    1) Furcht, die, Angst, die (of vor + Dat.)

    fear of death or dying/heights — Todes-/Höhenangst, die

    fear of doing somethingAngst od. Furcht davor, etwas zu tun

    in fear of being caughtin der Angst, gefasst zu werden

    2) (object of fear) Furcht, die; in pl. Befürchtungen Pl.
    3) (anxiety for somebody's/something's safety) Sorge, die ( for um)

    go or be in fear of one's life — Angst um sein Leben haben

    4) (coll.): (risk) Gefahr, die

    no fear!(coll.) keine Bange! (ugs.)

    2. transitive verb
    1) (be afraid of)

    fear somebody/something — vor jemandem/etwas Angst haben; jemanden/etwas fürchten

    fear to do or doing something — Angst haben od. sich fürchten, etwas zu tun

    2) (be worried about) befürchten

    fear [that...] — fürchten[, dass...]

    3. intransitive verb

    fear for somebody/something — um jemanden/etwas bangen (geh.) od. fürchten

    never fear(also joc. iron.) keine Bange (ugs.)

    * * *
    [fiə] 1. noun
    ((a) feeling of great worry or anxiety caused by the knowledge of danger: The soldier tried not to show his fear; fear of water.) die Furcht
    2. verb
    1) (to feel fear because of (something): She feared her father when he was angry; I fear for my father's safety (= I am worried because I think he is in danger).) fürchten
    2) (to regret: I fear you will not be able to see him today.) befürchten
    - academic.ru/26675/fearful">fearful
    - fearfully
    - fearless
    - fearlessly
    - for fear of
    - in fear of
    * * *
    [fɪəʳ, AM fɪr]
    I. n
    1. no pl (dread) Angst f, Furcht f (of vor + dat)
    to put the \fear of God into sb jdm einen heiligen Schrecken einjagen
    \fear of heights Höhenangst f
    in \fear of one's life in Todesangst
    in \fear and trembling zitternd vor Angst
    to go in \fear of sth in ständiger Angst vor etw dat leben
    to have a \fear of sth vor etw dat Angst haben
    for \fear of doing sth aus Angst, etw zu tun
    for \fear that [or ( liter) lest] ... aus Angst, dass...
    to be in \fear of sth vor etw dat Angst haben
    he was in \fear of his life er fürchtete um sein Leben
    to do sth out of \fear etw aus Angst tun; see also strike
    2. (worry) Sorge f kein pl, Befürchtung f
    there are \fears that... es gibt Befürchtungen, dass...
    \fears for sb's life/safety Sorge f um jds Leben/Sicherheit
    sb's worst \fears jds schlimmste Befürchtungen
    3. no pl ( old: respect) Ehrfurcht f
    \fear of God [or the Lord] Gottesfurcht f
    4.
    without \fear or favour völlig unparteiisch
    no \fear! BRIT, AUS ( fam) bestimmt nicht!
    there's no [or isn't any] \fear of that! das ist nicht zu befürchten!
    there isn't any \fear of your getting lost du brauchst keine Angst zu haben, dass du dich verirrst
    II. vt
    to \fear sb/sth jdn/etw fürchten
    what do you \fear most? wovor hast du am meisten Angst?
    to have nothing to \fear nichts zu befürchten haben
    to \fear doing/to do sth Angst davor haben [o sich akk davor fürchten], etw zu tun
    2. ( form: regret)
    to \fear [that]... befürchten, dass...
    3. ( old: respect)
    to \fear God Gott fürchten
    III. vi
    1. ( form: worry)
    to \fear for sb/sth sich dat um etw akk Sorgen machen
    to \fear for sb's life/sanity um jds Leben/Verstand fürchten
    never \fear, \fear not ( dated) keine Angst
    2. ( liter: be afraid) sich akk fürchten
    * * *
    [fɪə(r)]
    1. n
    1) Angst f, Furcht f (for vor +dat)

    fear of death/failure — Todes-/Versagensangst f

    fear of flyingFlugangst f, Angst f vorm Fliegen

    he has fears for his sister's safetyer fürchtet für or um die Sicherheit seiner Schwester

    there are fears that... — es wird befürchtet, dass...

    with fear and tremblingmit schlotternden Knien

    to be in fear of sb/sth — Angst vor jdm/etw haben

    to go or live in fear of sb/sth —

    he lived in fear of being discovered — er lebte in ständiger Angst davor, entdeckt zu werden

    for fear that... — aus Angst, dass...

    she talked quietly for fear of waking the baby — sie sprach leise, um das Baby nicht aufzuwecken

    2) no pl

    (= risk, likelihood) no fear! (inf)nie im Leben! (inf)

    there's no fear of that happening again — keine Angst, das passiert so leicht nicht wieder

    there's not much fear of his coming — wir brauchen kaum Angst zu haben, dass er kommt

    3) (= awe of God) Scheu f, Ehrfurcht f
    2. vt
    1) (= be afraid of) (be)fürchten

    he's a man to be feared — er ist ein Mann, den man fürchten muss

    many women fear to go out at night — viele Frauen haben Angst davor, abends auszugehen

    2) (= feel awe for) God Ehrfurcht haben vor (+dat)
    3. vi
    * * *
    fear [fıə(r)]
    A s
    1. Furcht f, Angst f ( beide:
    of vor dat;
    that dass):
    for fear vor Angst;
    for fear that … aus Furcht, dass …;
    be in fear (of sb) sich (vor jemandem) fürchten, (vor jemandem) Angst haben;
    fear of death Todesangst;
    fear of flying Flugangst;
    fear of heights Höhenangst;
    go in fear of one’s life in ständiger Todesangst leben, Todesängste ausstehen;
    be without fear (of sb) sich (vor jemandem) nicht fürchten, (vor jemandem) keine Angst haben;
    no fear sei(en Sie) unbesorgt!, keine Bange; favor B 3, green A 6, reproach B 1
    2. Befürchtung f, Besorgnis f, Sorge f, pl auch Bedenken pl:
    a) in der Befürchtung, dass …,
    b) um nicht, damit nicht; um zu verhüten, dass …;
    he didn’t come near me for fear of infection aus Angst, sich anzustecken;
    for fear of hurting him um ihn nicht zu verletzen;
    there are fears that … man befürchtet, dass …;
    it confirmed his worst fears es bestätigte seine schlimmsten Befürchtungen
    3. Scheu f, Ehrfurcht f ( beide:
    of vor dat):
    fear of God Gottesfurcht f;
    put the fear of God into sb jemandem einen heiligen Schrecken einjagen
    4. Gefahr f, Risiko n:
    there is not much fear of that das ist kaum zu befürchten
    B v/t
    1. fürchten, sich fürchten oder Angst haben vor (dat)
    2. Gott fürchten, Ehrfurcht haben vor (dat)
    3. das Schlimmste etc (be)fürchten:
    he is feared to be dead es ist zu befürchten oder es wird befürchtet, dass er tot ist
    4. fear o.s. obs sich fürchten
    C v/i
    1. sich fürchten, Furcht oder Angst haben:
    never fear keine Angst!
    2. (for) fürchten (für oder um), bangen (um)
    * * *
    1. noun
    1) Furcht, die, Angst, die (of vor + Dat.)

    fear of death or dying/heights — Todes-/Höhenangst, die

    fear of doing somethingAngst od. Furcht davor, etwas zu tun

    in fear of being caught — in der Angst, gefasst zu werden

    2) (object of fear) Furcht, die; in pl. Befürchtungen Pl.
    3) (anxiety for somebody's/something's safety) Sorge, die ( for um)

    go or be in fear of one's life — Angst um sein Leben haben

    4) (coll.): (risk) Gefahr, die

    no fear!(coll.) keine Bange! (ugs.)

    2. transitive verb

    fear somebody/something — vor jemandem/etwas Angst haben; jemanden/etwas fürchten

    fear to do or doing something — Angst haben od. sich fürchten, etwas zu tun

    2) (be worried about) befürchten

    fear [that...] — fürchten[, dass...]

    3. intransitive verb

    fear for somebody/something — um jemanden/etwas bangen (geh.) od. fürchten

    never fear(also joc. iron.) keine Bange (ugs.)

    * * *
    n.
    Angst ¨-e f.
    Befürchtung f.
    Furcht f.
    Schreck -e m. v.
    Angst haben ausdr.
    befürchten v.
    fürchten v.

    English-german dictionary > fear

  • 5 πνεῦμα

    πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff).
    air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)
    wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).
    the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).
    that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen2 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.
    a part of human personality, spirit
    when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.
    as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).
    spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.
    an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).
    God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).
    good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.
    evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.
    God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.
    the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.
    the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.
    Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).
    β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.
    abs.
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).
    β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.
    The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.
    Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.
    The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.
    α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.
    β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.
    γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).
    δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.
    the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).
    πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.
    Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).
    The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.
    The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.
    One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.
    The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.
    an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.
    an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen2 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πνεῦμα

  • 6 schweben

    v/i
    1. (hat oder südd., österr., schw. ist geschwebt); (hängen) be suspended, hang; über einer Stelle, Vogel etc.: hover (auch Ton); ein Ballon schwebte in der Luft a balloon floated in the air; über dem Abgrund schweben hover above the abyss; fig. be faced with imminent disaster; ihm war, als ob er schwebte he felt as if he was walking on air; über den Wolken schweben, in höheren Regionen oder Sphären schweben fig. have one’s head in the clouds; in Illusionen schweben live in a world of fantasy; jemandem auf den Lippen schweben Lächeln: play around s.o.’s lips; noch im Raum schweben Ton: linger on; es schwebt mir auf der Zunge it’s on the tip of my tongue; jemandem vor Augen schweben vorschweben; in Gefahr schweben be in danger; Lebensgefahr
    2. (ist) durch die Luft: float; Vogel: glide; (hoch dahingleiten) soar; (gleiten) glide ( über + Akk across); die Tänzerin schwebte über die Bühne the dancer floated ( oder glided) across the stage; zu Walzermusik schwebten wir durch den Saal we swept ( leichtfüßig: glided) through the room to the music of a waltz
    3. (hat / südd., österr., schw.); fig. (unentschieden sein) be undecided; in Ungewissheit schweben be (kept) in suspense; zwischen Furcht und Hoffnung / Leben und Tod schweben hover between fear and hope / life and death; siehe auch Schwebe
    * * *
    das Schweben
    flotation; floatation
    * * *
    schwe|ben ['ʃveːbn]
    vi
    1) (= frei im Raum stehen, hängen) (Nebel, Rauch) to hang; (in der Luft) to hang, to float; (Wolke) to float; (in Flüssigkeit) to float; (an Seil etc) to hang, to dangle; (= sich unbeweglich in der Luft halten Geier etc) to hover; (= nachklingen, zurückbleiben Klänge, Parfüm) to linger (on)

    und über allem schwebt... — and over everything there hangs...

    ihr war, als ob sie schwebte — she felt she was walking or floating on air

    etw schwebt jdm vor Augen (fig) — sb envisages sth, sb has sth in mind; (Bild) sb sees sth in his mind's eye

    in großer Gefahr schwében — to be in great danger

    in höheren Regionen or Sphären schwében, über or in den Wolken schwében (fig)to have one's head in the clouds

    2) aux sein (= durch die Luft gleiten) to float, to sail; (= hochschweben) to soar; (= niederschweben) to float down; (an Seil etc) to swing; (mit Fahrstuhl) to soar, to zoom; (= sich leichtfüßig bewegen) to glide, to float
    3) (= schwanken) to hover, to waver; (Angelegenheit) to hang or be in the balance, to be undecided; (JUR) to be pending
    * * *
    1) ((of a bird, insect etc) to remain in the air without moving in any direction.) hover
    2) (to keep from falling or sinking: Particles of dust are suspended in the air.) suspend
    * * *
    schwe·ben
    [ˈʃve:bn̩]
    vi
    1. Hilfsverb: haben (in der Luft gleiten)
    [irgendwo] \schweben to float [somewhere]; Drachenflieger, Vogel to hover [somewhere]
    in Lebensgefahr \schweben to be in danger of one's life; (Patient) to be in a critical condition; s.a. Gefahr, Angst
    2. Hilfsverb: sein (durch die Luft gleiten)
    [irgendwohin] \schweben to float [somewhere]; (an einem Seil) to dangle [somewhere]
    3. Hilfsverb: haben (unentschieden sein)
    [noch] \schweben to [still] be in the balance
    \schwebendes Verfahren lawsuit which is pending [or BRIT sub justice]
    * * *
    1) <bird, balloon, etc.> hover; <cloud, balloon, mist> hang; (im Wasser) float

    in Gefahr schweben(fig.) be in danger

    2) mit sein (durch die Luft) float; (herabschweben) float [down]; (mit dem Fahrstuhl) glide; (wie schwerelos gehen) <dancer etc.> glide
    3) (unentschieden sein) be in the balance
    * * *
    1. (hat oder südd, österr, schweiz ist geschwebt); (hängen) be suspended, hang; über einer Stelle, Vogel etc: hover (auch Ton);
    ein Ballon schwebte in der Luft a balloon floated in the air;
    über dem Abgrund schweben hover above the abyss; fig be faced with imminent disaster;
    ihm war, als ob er schwebte he felt as if he was walking on air;
    über den Wolken schweben, in höheren Regionen oder
    Sphären schweben fig have one’s head in the clouds;
    in Illusionen schweben live in a world of fantasy;
    jemandem auf den Lippen schweben Lächeln: play around sb’s lips;
    es schwebt mir auf der Zunge it’s on the tip of my tongue;
    in Gefahr schweben be in danger; Lebensgefahr
    2. (ist) durch die Luft: float; Vogel: glide; (hoch dahingleiten) soar; (gleiten) glide (
    über +akk across);
    die Tänzerin schwebte über die Bühne the dancer floated ( oder glided) across the stage;
    zu Walzermusik schwebten wir durch den Saal we swept ( leichtfüßig: glided) through the room to the music of a waltz
    3. (hat/südd, österr, schweiz); fig (unentschieden sein) be undecided;
    in Ungewissheit schweben be (kept) in suspense;
    zwischen Furcht und Hoffnung/Leben und Tod schweben hover between fear and hope/life and death; auch Schwebe
    * * *
    1) <bird, balloon, etc.> hover; <cloud, balloon, mist> hang; (im Wasser) float

    in Gefahr schweben(fig.) be in danger

    2) mit sein (durch die Luft) float; (herabschweben) float [down]; (mit dem Fahrstuhl) glide; (wie schwerelos gehen) <dancer etc.> glide
    3) (unentschieden sein) be in the balance
    * * *
    n.
    floatation n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > schweben

  • 7 jour

    jour [ʒuʀ]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
       a. day
    quel jour sommes-nous ? what day is it today?
    un jour viendra où... the day will come when...
    décidément ce n'est pas mon jour ! it's just not my day today!
    ce n'est vraiment pas le jour ! you've (or we've etc) picked the wrong day!
    du jour où sa femme l'a quitté, il s'est mis à boire he started drinking the day his wife left him
    tes deux enfants, c'est le jour et la nuit your two children are chalk and cheese
    c'est le jour et la nuit ! there's no comparison!
    l'homme du jour the man of the moment de jour [crème, équipe, service] day
    vivre au jour le jour ( = sans souci) to live from day to day ; ( = pauvrement) to live from hand to mouth jour après jour day after day
       b. ( = lumière, éclairage) light
    demain, il fera jour à 7 heures tomorrow it'll be light at 7
       c. ( = naissance) donner le jour à to give birth to
    voir le jour to be born ; [projet] to see the light
       d. ( = ouverture) gap
    2. <
       a. ( = période) days
    3. <
    jour de fête ( = férié) holiday ; ( = de joie) day of celebration
    jour de repos [de salarié] day off
    après deux jours de repos, il est reparti after a two-day break, he set off again le jour des Rois Twelfth Night
    jour de sortie [de domestique] day off ; [d'élève] day out
    * * *
    ʒuʀ
    nom masculin

    d'un jour[bonheur, espoir] fleeting; [mode] passing; [reine] for a day

    jour après jour — ( quotidiennement) day after day; ( progressivement) little by little

    vivre au jour le jour — to live one day at a time; ressembler, Rome

    2) ( date) day

    mettre à jour — ( actualiser) to bring up to date [courrier, travail]; to revise [édition]; ( révéler) to expose, to reveal [mystère, secret, trafic, problème]

    mise à jour — ( actualisation) (d'édition, de données, statistiques) updating (de of); ( découverte) (de secret, trafic) revelation (de of)

    jusqu'à ce jour — ( maintenant) until now; ( alors) until then

    d'un jour à l'autre[être attendu] any day now; [changer] from one day to the next

    nouvelle/mode du jour — latest news/fashion

    au lever or point du jour — at daybreak

    4) ( clarté) daylight

    se faire jour[vérité] to come to light

    mettre au jourto unearth [vestige]; to bring [something] to light [vérité]

    jeter un jour nouveau sur quelque chose, éclairer quelque chose d'un jour nouveau — to shed new light on something; faux I

    5) ( aspect)

    sous ton meilleur/pire jour — at your best/worst

    je t'ai vu sous ton vrai jour — I saw you in your true colours [BrE]

    sous un jour avantageux — in a favourable [BrE] light

    6) fig

    voir le jour[personne] to come into the world; [œuvre, projet] to see the light of day; [organisme] to come into being

    7) Construction, Bâtiment ( ouverture) gap

    jours — openwork (embroidery) [U]

    Phrasal Verbs:
    ••

    il y a des jours avec et des jours sans — (colloq) there are good days and bad days

    * * *
    ʒuʀ nm
    1) (durée, fraction de la semaine) day

    J'ai passé trois jours chez mes cousins. — I spent three days staying at my cousins'.

    2) (opposé à la nuit) day, daytime

    pendant le jour — during the day, in the daytime

    à la lumière du jour — by the light of day, in daylight

    3) (= clarté) daylight

    au grand jour — in broad daylight, figin the open

    4) (= aspect)
    5) (= ouverture) opening
    6) COUTURE openwork no pl

    mettre à jour — to bring up to date, to update

    mettre au jour — to uncover, to disclose

    de nos jours — these days, nowadays

    * * *
    A nm
    1 ( période de vingt-quatre heures) day; en un jour in one day; dans les trois jours within three days; mois de trente jours thirty-day month; barbe de trois jours three days' growth of beard; trois fois par jour three times a day; c'est à trois jours de train it's three days away by train; ces derniers jours these last few days; un jour de plus ou de moins ne changera rien one day here or there won't make any difference; les jours se suivent et ne se ressemblent pas every day is different; dans huit jours in a week's time, in a week; quinze jours a fortnight GB; tous les quinze jours every fortnight GB ou two weeks US; d'un jour [bonheur, espoir] fleeting; [mode] passing; [reine] for a day; deux poussins d'un jour two one-day old chicks; être la vedette d'un jour to be here today and gone tomorrow; des jours et des jours for ever and ever; dès le premier jour right from the start; jour après jour ( quotidiennement) day after day; ( progressivement) little by little; vivre au jour le jour to live one day at a time; gagner sa vie au jour le jour to scratch a living; voir les choses au jour le jour to take each day as it comes; noter ses pensées au jour le jour to note down one's thoughts every day; ⇒ barbe C 1;
    2 ( date) day; ce jour-là that day; quel jour sommes-nous? what day is it today?; elle viendra un jour she'll come one day; c'est mon jour de courses it's my shopping day; viens un jour où il n'y sera pas come on a day he's out, come one day when he's out; le jour où je mourrai the day I die; un jour ou l'autre some day; l'autre jour the other day; un de ces jours one of these days; un beau jour one fine day; tous les jours every day; de tous les jours everyday; jour pour jour to the day; de jour en jour from day to day; à ce jour to date; à jour up to date; mettre à jour ( actualiser) to bring up to date [courrier, travail]; to revise [édition]; to update [données, application]; ( révéler) to expose, to reveal [mystère, secret, trafic, problème]; mise à jour ( actualisation) ( d'édition) revision; (de données, d'application) updating (de of); ( découverte) (de secret, trafic) revelation (de of); édition mise à jour revised edition; tenir à jour to keep up to date; jusqu'à ce jour ( maintenant) until now; ( alors) until then; de nos jours nowadays; d'un jour à l'autre [être attendu] any day now; [changer] from one day to the next; du jour au lendemain overnight; nouvelle/mode du jour latest news/fashion; au jour d'aujourd'hui today;
    3 ( du lever au coucher du soleil) day; les jours raccourcissent the days are getting shorter; pendant le jour during the day; nuit et jour night and day; tout le jour all day; le jour se lève it's getting light; lumière du jour daylight; au lever or point du jour at daybreak; le petit jour the early morning; se lever avec le jour to get up at the crack of dawn; travailler de jour to work days; travail de jour day work;
    4 ( clarté) daylight; il fait jour it's daylight; laisser entrer le jour to let in the daylight; en plein jour in broad daylight; faire qch au grand jour to do sth for all to see; se faire jour [vérité] to come to light; mettre au jour to unearth [vestige]; to bring [sth] to light [vérité]; jeter un jour nouveau sur qch, éclairer qch d'un jour nouveau to shed new light on sth; ⇒ faux;
    5 ( aspect) sous ton meilleur/pire jour at your best/worst; je ne te connaissais pas sous ce jour I knew nothing of that side of you; je t'ai vu sous ton vrai jour I saw you in your true colours; sous un jour avantageux in a favourableGB light;
    6 fig donner le jour à qn to bring sb into the world; donner jour à qch to give rise to sth; voir le jour [personne] to come into the world; [œuvre, projet] to see the light of day; [organisme] to come into being; mes jours sont comptés my days are numbered; finir ses jours à la campagne to end one's days in the country; des jours difficiles hard times; attenter à ses jours to make a suicide attempt; avoir encore de beaux jours devant soi to still have a future; les beaux jours reviennent spring will soon be here;
    7 Constr ( ouverture) gap; jour dans un mur/entre des tuiles gap in a wall/between tiles;
    8 Cout jours openwork (embroidery) ¢; faire des jours to do openwork; une bordure avec des jours an openwork border; jours à fils tirés drawn thread work; motif à jours ( en tricot) lacy pattern.
    jour de l'An New Year's Day; jour d'arrivée day of arrival; jour astronomique astronomical day; jour calendaire calendar day; jour de chance lucky day; jour de colère day of wrath; jour de départ day of departure; jour de deuil day of mourning; jour de deuil national national day of mourning; jour férié bank holiday GB, legal holiday US; jour de fermeture closing day; jour de fête ( férié) holiday; aujourd'hui c'est jour de fête fig it's a great day today; jour franc clear day; jour du Grand Pardon Relig Day of Atonement; jour J D day; jour du Jugement Relig Judgment Day; jour maigre Relig day of abstinence (without meat); jour des morts Relig All Souls' Day; jour ouvrable working day; jour de paie payday; jour de planche Naut lay day; jour de relâche Théât closing day; jour du Seigneur Relig Sabbath; jour sidéral sidereal day; jour solaire solar day; jour de souffrance Constr opening looking on to a neighbourGB; jour de travail working day; jour utile lawful day.
    Rome ne s'est pas faite en un jour Rome wasn't built in a day; beau comme le jour very good-looking; ce n'est pas mon jour! this isn't my day!; être dans un bon jour to be in a good mood; être dans un mauvais jour to be having an off day; il y a des jours avec et des jours sans there are good days and bad days.
    [ʒur] nom masculin
    A.[DIVISION TEMPORELLE]
    1. [division du calendrier] day
    dans deux/quelques jours in two/a few days' time
    a. [sans s'occuper du lendemain] from day to day
    b. [précairement] from hand to mouth
    a. [grandir] daily, day by day
    b. [varier] from day to day, from one day to the next
    a. [incessamment] any day (now)
    b. [de façon imprévisible] from one day to the next
    a. [constamment] day after day
    b. [graduellement] day by day
    2. [exprime la durée]
    un jour de: c'est à un jour de marche/voiture it's one day's walk/drive away
    3. [date précise] day
    le jour où the day ou time that
    le vendredi, c'est le jour de Nora/du poisson Friday is Nora's day/is the day we have fish
    le jour du Jugement dernier doomsday, Judgment Day
    le jour du Seigneur the Lord's Day, the Sabbath
    le grand jour pour elle/lui her/his big day
    son manteau/son discours des grands jours the coat she wears/the speech she makes on important occasions
    mes chaussures de tous les jours my everyday ou ordinary shoes, the shoes I wear everyday
    ce n'est (vraiment) pas le jour!, tu choisis bien ton jour! (ironique) you really picked your day!
    un de ces jours, un jourou l'autre one of these days
    à ce jour to this day, to date
    B.[CLARTÉ]
    1. [lumière] daylight
    au petit jour at dawn ou daybreak
    jour et nuit, nuit et jour day and night, night and day
    2. [aspect]
    enfin, il s'est montré sous son vrai jour! he's shown his true colours at last!
    a. [enfant] to give birth to, to bring into the world
    b. [projet] to give birth to
    c. [mode, tendance] to start
    jeter un jour nouveau sur to throw ou to cast new light on
    a. [bébé] to be born
    b. [journal] to come out
    c. [théorie, invention] to appear
    C.[OUVERTURE]
    1. [interstice - entre des planches] gap, chink ; [ - dans un feuillage] gap
    se faire jour to emerge, to become clear
    ————————
    jours nom masculin pluriel
    1. [vie] days, life
    2. [époque]
    a. [les moments difficiles] unhappy days, hard times
    b. [les jours où rien ne va] bad days
    a. [printemps] springtime
    b. [été] summertime
    ah, c'étaient les beaux jours! [jeunesse] ah, those were the days!
    ————————
    à jour locution adjectivale
    [cahier, travail] kept up to date
    ————————
    à jour locution adverbiale
    tenir/mettre quelque chose à jour to keep/to bring something up to date
    ————————
    au grand jour locution adverbiale
    ————————
    de jour locution adjectivale
    [hôpital, unité] day, daytime (modificateur)
    ————————
    de jour locution adverbiale
    [travailler] during the day
    ————————
    du jour locution adjectivale
    [mode, tendance, préoccupation] current, contemporary
    un œuf du jour a new-laid ou newly-laid ou freshly-laid egg
    du jour au lendemain locution adverbiale
    ————————
    d'un jour locution adjectivale
    short-lived, ephemeral (soutenu), transient (soutenu)
    ————————
    par jour locution adverbiale

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > jour

  • 8 FYRIR

    * * *
    prep.
    I. with dat.
    1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);
    fyrir dyrum, before the door;
    2) before one, in one’s presence;
    hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;
    3) for;
    hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;
    4) before one, in one’s way;
    fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;
    sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;
    5) naut. term. before, off;
    liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;
    fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;
    6) before, at the head of, over;
    vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;
    vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;
    sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;
    7) of time, ago;
    fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;
    fyrir stundu, a while ago;
    fyrir löngu, long ago;
    vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);
    8) before, above, superior to;
    Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;
    9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;
    þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;
    tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;
    10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;
    mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;
    varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;
    Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;
    11) because of, for;
    hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;
    fyrir hræðslu, for fear;
    illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;
    gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;
    fyrir því at, because, since, as;
    12) against;
    gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;
    beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;
    13) fyrir sér, of oneself;
    mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;
    minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;
    14) denoting manner or quality, with;
    hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;
    II. with acc.
    1) before, in front of;
    halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;
    2) before, into the presence of;
    stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;
    3) over;
    hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;
    kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;
    4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;
    ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;
    5) round, off;
    sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;
    6) along, all along;
    fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;
    draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;
    7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;
    fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;
    8) for, on behalf of;
    vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;
    lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;
    9) for, for the benefit of;
    þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);
    10) for, instead of, in place of, as;
    11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);
    fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);
    fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;
    12) denoting value, price;
    fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;
    fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;
    13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);
    14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);
    fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;
    fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;
    fyrir handan á, beyond the river;
    fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;
    III. as adverb or ellipt.
    1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;
    þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;
    2) first;
    mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;
    3) at hand, present, to the fore;
    föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;
    þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);
    4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;
    Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;
    e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).
    * * *
    prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]
    WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.
    2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.
    3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.
    II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.
    2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).
    3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.
    4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.
    III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.
    IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.
    V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.
    B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.
    2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.
    II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).
    2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.
    III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.
    2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.
    IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.
    V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.
    2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.
    β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.
    VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.
    VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.
    2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.
    VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).
    β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.
    IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.
    X. as adverb or ellipt.,
    1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.
    β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.
    2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.
    3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.
    XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.
    XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.
    WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.
    2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.
    3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.
    4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).
    II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.
    III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.
    2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.
    IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.
    B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.
    II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.
    III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.
    IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.
    V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.
    VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.
    2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.
    2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.
    VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.
    IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.
    X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.
    2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.
    XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.
    ☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:
    I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.
    β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.
    2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.
    II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:
    1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.
    2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR

  • 9 πορεύω

    πορεύω (Pind.+; ApcSed 15:5=p. 136, 32 Ja. οἱ πορεύοντες) in our lit. only as mid. and pass. πορεύομαι (Trag., Hdt.+) impf. ἐπορευόμην; fut. πορεύσομαι; 1 aor. ἐπορεύθην; pf. ptc. πεπορευομένος. On the fut. aspect of the pres. s. B-D-F §323, 3; Rob. 869. On the durative sense of the pres. impv. πορεύου in contrast to the aor. πορεύθητι s. B-D-F §336, 1; also Rob. 855f; 890.
    to move over an area, gener. with a point of departure or destination specified, go, proceed, travel, w. indication of the point of departure: ἀπό τινος depart from someone (cp. X., An. 4, 4, 17 ‘from the camp of Tiribazus’) Mt 25:41 (impv.); Lk 4:42b. ἐντεῦθεν 13:31 (impv.). ἐκεῖθεν Mt 19:15. W. indication of place to which: εἴς τι (X., Hell. 7, 4, 10; Is 22:15 εἴς τι πρός τινα; JosAs 28:5 εἰς τὴν ὕλην; ApcMos 10; Just., A II, 2, 6) to, in, into, toward Mt 2:20; 17:27; Mk 16:12; Lk 1:39; 4:42a; 9:56 (εἰς ἑτέραν κώμην, cp. Jos., Vi. 231); 22:33 (εἰς φυλακήν); J 7:35b; Ac 1:11; 19:21; 20:1, 22 (πορεύομαι=I am going, I am about to go); 22:5, 10; Ro 15:24, 25 (I am going, I am about to go); IPol 7:2; 8:2; Hv 1, 1, 3; 2, 1, 1. εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου Lk 5:24; cp. AcPl Ha 4, 3 εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν. Of fish π. εἰς τὸ βάθος dive into the depth B 10:10b. Also of passing into the beyond, in a good sense of Paul and Peter: π. εἰς τὸν ἅγιον τόπον 1 Cl 5:7 v.l.; εἰς τὸν ὀφειλόμενον (ὀφείλω 2aα) τόπον τῆς δόξης 5:4 (so of Peter in Ac 12:17: WSmaltz, JBL 71, ’52, 211–16; s. Bruce, Acts on var. traditions), and in a bad sense of Judas the informer εἰς τὸ τόπον τὸν ἴδιον Ac 1:25. εἰς τὰ ἔθνη to the gentiles 18:6. ἐπὶ Καίσαρα π. go to Caesar, appear before the Emperor (ἐπί 10) 25:12. πρός τινα to someone (Soph., Ant. 892; Pla., Clit. 410c; Theophr., Char. 2, 1; Diog. L. 8, 43; Gen 26:26; TestAbr B 4 p. 109, 9 [Stone p. 66]; Just., A II, 2, 19) Mt 25:9; 26:14; Lk 11:5; 15:18; 16:30; J 14:12, 28; 16:28 (pres. w. fut. aspect in the three J pass. I am about to go); Ac 27:3; 1 Cl 31:4. σύν τινι with someone Lk 7:6; Ac 10:20; 26:13; 1 Cor 16:4b. ἐπί τι after someth. (ἐπί 4bα) Lk 15:4; (up) to someth. (ἐπί 4bγ) Mt 22:9; Ac 8:26; 9:11, also ἕως ἐπί τι 17:14. W. ἕως and gen. of place 23:23 (TestAbr A 2 p. 79, 1 [Stone p. 6,1]). W. διά and gen. of place through (X., An. 4, 7, 15) Mt 12:1; Mk 9:30 v.l. ποῦ (instead of ποῖ) J 7:35a. οὗ (instead of ὅποι, as 1 Macc 13:20) Lk 24:28a; 1 Cor 16:6. π. τῇ ὁδῷ go one’s way, proceed on one’s journey 1 Cl 12:4; also ἐπορεύετο τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ Ac 8:39 (cp. Josh 3:4; X. An. 2, 2, 11 πορεύεσθαι μακροτέραν [sc. ὁδόν]; Jos., Ant. 1, 282). π. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ go along the road Lk 9:57; also π. κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν Ac 8:36; AcPl Ant 13, 19f (=Aa I 237, 4).—W. purpose indicated by an inf. (Gen 37:25; JosAs 25:2) Lk 2:3; 14:19, 31; J 14:2. Also ἵνα 11:11.—Somet. the place fr. which or to which is easily supplied fr. the context: θέλετε πορεύεσθαι you wish to go (i.e. to the house of the non-believer/non-Christian who has invited you) 1 Cor 10:27. πορ. (i.e. εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ) 16:4a. πορ. (i.e. εἰς Δαμασκόν) Ac 22:6.—The aor. ptc. of πορ. is oft. used pleonastically to enliven the narrative (B-D-F §419, 2.—4 Km 5:10; Josh 23:16; GrBar 15:4; Jos., Ant. 7, 318); in any case the idea of going or traveling is not emphasized Mt 9:13; 11:4; 18:12; 21:6; 22:15; 25:16; 27:66; 28:7; Mk 16:10; Lk 7:22; 9:13; 13:32; 14:10 al.—Abs. (X., An. 5, 3, 2; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 5 [Stone p. 62] καὶ ἀναστάντες ἐπορεύοντο) ἐπορεύθησαν they set out Mt 2:9. πορεύθητι καὶ πορεύεται go!, and he goes (cp. PGM 1, 185 πορεύου καὶ ἀπελεύσεται) 8:9; Lk 7:8 (opp. ἔρχεσθαι, as Epict. 1, 25, 10 Ἀγαμέμνων λέγει μοι ‘πορεύου …’. πορεύομαι. ‘ἔρχου’. ἔρχομαι; TestJob 34:5 ἐγὼ πορεύσομαι ἐληλύθημεν γὰρ ἵνα …).—Lk 10:37; be on the way, be journeying Lk 10:38; 13:33; Ac 9:3.—ἔμπροσθέν τινος (UPZ 78, 15 [159 B.C.] ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν ἐπορευόμην; Josh 3:6): ἔ. αὐτῶν πορεύεται he goes in front of them J 10:4 (schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 1, 577 προπορεύεται ὁ ποιμήν); cp. B 11:4 (Is 45:2). μὴ πορευθῆτε ὀπίσω αὐτῶν do not go after them Lk 21:8 (ὀπίσω 2a). προθύμως (+ μετὰ σπουδῆς v.l.) ἐπορεύετο he walked on with alacrity MPol 8:3.—πορεύου=go your way (Diog. L. 4, 11): πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην Lk 7:50; 8:48 or ἐν εἰρήνῃ Ac 16:36 s. εἰρήνη 2a.—In imagery, of life gener. (Dio Chrys. 58 [75], 1 διὰ τ. βίου); abs. πορευόμενοι as they pass by (Jülicher, Gleichn. 529) Lk 8:14 (another mng.: step by step).—GKilpatrick, JTS 48, ’47, 61–63 (in synopt. gosp.).
    to conduct oneself, live, walk (cp. Soph., Oed. Rex 884; LXX; PsSol 18:10) w. ἔν τινι foll.: (En 99:10 ἐν ὁδοῖς δικαιοσύνης; TestReub 1:6; 4:1 ἐν ἁπλότητι καρδίας; TestIss 3:1; TestAsh 4:5) ἐν ὁδῷ θανάτου B 19:2. ἐν ἀληθείᾳ (Tob 3:5 BA; Pr 28:6) Hm 3:4. ἐν ἀκακίᾳ καὶ ἁπλότητι v 2, 3, 2. ἐν ἀσελγείαις κτλ. 1 Pt 4:3. ἐν τῇ ἁγνότητι ταύτῃ Hm 4, 4, 4. ἐν ὁσιότητι 1 Cl 60:2. ἐν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς τοῦ κυρίου (cp. Ps 118:1 ἐν νόμῳ κυρίου) Lk 1:6; cp. Pol 2:2; 4:1; Hs 6, 1, 1–4. ἐν τοῖς προστάγμασιν 5, 1, 5.—κατά τι (Num 24:1; Wsd 6:4) κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας according to the passions 2 Pt 3:3; Jd 16, 18.—τῇ ὀρθῇ ὁδῷ πορ. follow the straight way Hm 6, 1, 2 (on the dat. s. B-D-F §198, 5; Rob. 521 and SIG 313, 20; LXX [reff. in Johannessohn, Kasus 57f]). ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν Ac 14:16. τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν Jd 11. τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ κυρίου live in the fear of the Lord Ac 9:31. ταῖς ἐντολαῖς μου Hs 7, 6f. ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 8, 11, 3.—πορ. ὀπίσω τινός in the sense ‘seek a close relation with’ (cp. Judg 2:12; 3 Km 11:10; Sir 46:10) οἱ ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ πορευόμενοι follow (i.e. indulge) their physical nature in desire that defiles 2 Pt 2:10. ὀπίσω τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν Hv 3, 7, 3.
    go to one’s death, a euphemistic fig. ext. of 1 (cp. Lk 22:33 εἰς θάνατον πορεύεσθαι): die (SyrBar 14:2; Julian, Letter 14 p. 385d) Lk 22:22. (For the figure of death as a journey s. RLattimore, Themes in Gk. and Lat. Epitaphs: Illinois Studies in Language and Literature 28 nos. 1–2, §43 [=ed. 1962, 169–71]).—DELG s.v. πόρος II. M-M s.v. πορεύομαι. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πορεύω

  • 10 HAFA

    * * *
    (hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.
    1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);
    hafa elda, to keep up a five;
    2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);
    3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);
    4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);
    orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;
    hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;
    hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;
    hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;
    hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;
    hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;
    5) to have, hold, maintain;
    hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;
    hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;
    hafa heilindi, to have good health;
    6) to bring, carry;
    hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;
    hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;
    hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;
    7) to take, carry off;
    troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;
    8) to get, gain, win;
    hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;
    hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;
    hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;
    hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;
    hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;
    hafa tafl, to win the game;
    hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;
    hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;
    hafa sigr, to be worsted;
    hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;
    hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;
    hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;
    with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);
    ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;
    9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);
    hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;
    hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;
    10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;
    hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;
    hafa sik vel, to behave;
    11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;
    lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;
    12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);
    hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;
    nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;
    svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;
    ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;
    13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;
    hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;
    ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;
    later with indecl. neut. pp.;
    hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;
    14) with preps.:
    hafa e-t at, to do, act;
    hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;
    absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;
    hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);
    hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;
    hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;
    hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;
    hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;
    hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;
    hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;
    var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;
    hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);
    ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;
    hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;
    eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;
    hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;
    hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;
    hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;
    höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;
    hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);
    hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;
    vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;
    hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;
    hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;
    orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;
    keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;
    hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;
    hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);
    Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;
    hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;
    hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;
    hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;
    hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;
    hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);
    hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;
    hafa sik við, to exert oneself;
    hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;
    hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;
    hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;
    haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;
    haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;
    15) refl., hafast.
    * * *
    pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.
    A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.
    II. to hold:
    1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.
    2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.
    3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.
    4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.
    5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.
    6. with prepp. or infin.,
    α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.
    β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.
    III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.
    2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.
    IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.
    2. with prepp.:
    α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.
    β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)
    γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.
    B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:
    I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.
    II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.
    III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.
    2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.
    3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.
    4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.
    IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:
    1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.
    2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.
    V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.
    C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.
    2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.
    D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:
    I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,
    α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.
    β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.
    γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.
    II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.
    III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.
    E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:
    I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).
    2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.
    II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.
    2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.
    β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.
    F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.
    β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.
    2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.
    3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.
    4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.
    II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)
    G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:
    I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:
    1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).
    2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).
    β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?
    II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:
    1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.
    2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.
    3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.
    4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.
    ☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, that
    α. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.
    β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.
    γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HAFA

  • 11 show

    ʃəu
    1. past tense - showed; verb
    1) (to allow or cause to be seen: Show me your new dress; Please show your membership card when you come to the club; His work is showing signs of improvement.) enseñar, mostrar
    2) (to be able to be seen: The tear in your dress hardly shows; a faint light showing through the curtains.) notarse, verse
    3) (to offer or display, or to be offered or displayed, for the public to look at: Which picture is showing at the cinema?; They are showing a new film; His paintings are being shown at the art gallery.) exhibir
    4) (to point out or point to: He showed me the road to take; Show me the man you saw yesterday.) indicar, mostrar
    5) ((often with (a)round) to guide or conduct: Please show this lady to the door; They showed him (a)round (the factory).) conducir, acompañar
    6) (to demonstrate to: Will you show me how to do it?; He showed me a clever trick.) enseñar
    7) (to prove: That just shows / goes to show how stupid he is.) demostrar
    8) (to give or offer (someone) kindness etc: He showed him no mercy.) mostrar

    2. noun
    1) (an entertainment, public exhibition, performance etc: a horse-show; a flower show; the new show at the theatre; a TV show.) exposición, espectáculo
    2) (a display or act of showing: a show of strength.) exhibición, demostración, alarde
    3) (an act of pretending to be, do etc (something): He made a show of working, but he wasn't really concentrating.) ostentación, apariencia
    4) (appearance, impression: They just did it for show, in order to make themselves seem more important than they are.) ostentación, apariencia
    5) (an effort or attempt: He put up a good show in the chess competition.) actuación
    - showiness
    - show-business
    - showcase
    - showdown
    - showground
    - show-jumping
    - showman
    - showroom
    - give the show away
    - good show!
    - on show
    - show off
    - show up

    show1 n
    1. espectáculo
    2. programa
    3. feria / exposición
    show2 vb
    1. mostrar / enseñar
    2. demostrar
    3. verse / notarse

    show /ʃou/, /tʃou/ sustantivo masculino (pl
    shows) show

    show sustantivo masculino show Locuciones: fam pey (llamar la atención) montar/dar un show, to make a scene ' show' also found in these entries: Spanish: acusar - acusarse - adorno - alzada - alzado - amable - aparentar - arrojar - boato - charlatán - charlatana - chula - chulo - concurso - dar - decir - delicia - demostrar - demostración - desarrollarse - desfile - despliegue - deterioro - echar - ensañarse - enseñar - espectáculo - estimable - evidencia - evidenciar - exhibir - exhibirse - expuesta - expuesto - exteriorizar - fanfarrón - fanfarrona - fanfarronear - fantasma - fastuosa - fastuoso - gala - guiñol - horterada - indicar - lucir - lucirse - manifestar - mano - marcar English: chat show - colour - delight - door - embarrassing - fashion show - favor - favour - flop - grandiose - guide - hand - mill about - mill around - parody - peep show - puppet show - quiz - rope - sensitivity - show - show in - show off - show out - show round - show up - show-jumper - show-jumping - show-off - show-stopper - shown - sign - sought-after - spectacle - spectacular - steal - talk-show - variety show - all - bear - belie - bristle - chat - comedy - demonstrate - display - dog - editor - entertainment - fashion
    tr[ʃəʊ]
    1 SMALLTHEATRE/SMALL (entertainment) espectáculo; (performance) función nombre femenino
    2 (on TV, radio) programa nombre masculino, show nombre masculino
    4 (display) muestra, demostración nombre femenino
    a show of strength una demostración de fuerza, una exhibición de fuerza
    5 (outward appearance, pretence) apariencia
    6 (ostentation, pomp) alarde nombre masculino
    it's all for show es pura fachada, todo es para aparentar
    7 familiar (organization) negocio, tinglado
    who runs this show? ¿quién manda aquí?
    transitive verb (pt showed, pp showed o shown tr[ʃəʊn])
    1 (display -gen) enseñar; (- things for sale) mostrar, enseñar
    2 (point out) indicar, señalar
    do you want me to show you the way? ¿quieres que te indique el camino?
    3 (reveal - feelings) demostrar, expresar; (- interest, enthusiasm, etc) demostrar, mostrar
    4 (allow to be seen) dejar ver
    5 (measurement etc) marcar; (profit, loss) indicar, registrar, arrojar
    the clock showed 4.25 el reloj marcaba las 4.25
    figures out today show that inflation is up by 2% cifras publicadas hoy indican que la inflación ha subido un 2%
    6 (teach) enseñar; (explain) explicar
    I'll show him! ¡se va a enterar!
    7 (prove, demonstrate) demostrar
    8 (depict, present) representar, mostrar
    9 (guide) llevar, acompañar
    will you show Mr. Smith out please? ¿quieres acompañar al Sr. Smith a la puerta por favor?
    10 (painting etc) exponer, exhibir; (film) dar, poner, pasar, proyectar; (slides) pasar, proyectar; (on TV) dar, poner
    they're showing "Dracula" at the Rex dan "Drácula" en el Rex
    are they showing the match live? ¿dan el partido en directo?
    1 (be perceptible) verse, notarse
    I did it quickly - yes, it shows! lo hice deprisa - ¡sí, se nota!
    2 SMALLCINEMA/SMALL poner, dar, echar, proyectar, exhibir
    what's showing at the Odeon? ¿qué dan en el Odeon?, ¿qué echan en el Odeon?
    3 familiar (appear, turn up) aparecer, presentarse
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    it just goes to show! ¡hay que ver!
    let's get this show on the road! ¡manos a la obra!
    the show must go on el espectáculo debe continuar
    time will show el tiempo lo dirá
    to be all show ser puro teatro, ser fingido,-a
    to be on show estar expuesto,-a
    to have nothing to show for something no reportarle a uno ningún beneficio
    he had nothing to show for a life's work except a stupid watch lo único que tenía como recompensa a una vida dedicada al trabajo era un estúpido reloj
    to have something to show for something tener algo que recompensa
    and what have you got to show for it? ¿y qué tienes como recompensa?, ¿y qué beneficio te ha reportado?
    to put on/up a good show hacer un buen papel, estar muy bien
    to show a leg levantarse
    to show one's age notársele los años a uno
    to show one's face asomar la cara
    to show one's teeth mostrar los dientes, enseñar los dientes
    to show somebody the door echar a alguien (a la calle)
    to show signs of something dar señales de algo, dar muestras de algo
    to steal the show llevarse la palma
    agricultural show feria del campo
    boat show salón nombre masculino náutico
    fashion show desfile nombre masculino de modelos
    horse show concurso hípico
    quiz show programa nombre masculino concurso
    show business el mundo del espectáculo
    show house casa piloto
    show trial juicio amañado (para influir en la opinión pública)
    show ['ʃo:] v, showed ; shown ['ʃo:n] or showed ; showing vt
    1) display: mostrar, enseñar
    2) reveal: demostrar, manifestar, revelar
    he showed himself to be a coward: se reveló como cobarde
    3) teach: enseñar
    4) prove: demostrar, probar
    5) conduct, direct: llevar, acompañar
    to show someone the way: indicarle el camino a alguien
    6) : proyectar (una película), dar (un programa de televisión)
    show vi
    1) : notarse, verse
    the stain doesn't show: la mancha no se ve
    2) appear: aparecer, dejarse ver
    show n
    1) : demostración f
    a show of force: una demostración de fuerza
    2) exhibition: exposición f, exhibición f
    flower show: exposición de flores
    to be on show: estar expuesto
    3) : espectáculo m (teatral), programa m (de televisión, etc.)
    to go to a show: ir al teatro
    n.
    actuación s.f.
    atuendo s.m.
    bambolla s.f.
    boato s.m.
    celebridad s.f.
    demostración s.f.
    espectáculo s.m.
    exhibición s.f.
    función s.f.
    lucimiento s.m.
    manifestación s.f.
    ostensión s.f.
    pompa s.f.
    v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: showed) or p.p.: shown•) = demostrar v.
    denotar v.
    enseñar v.
    exhibir v.
    exponer v.
    lucir v.
    manifestarse v.
    mostrar v.
    ostentar v.
    presentar v.
    probar v.
    representar v.
    revelar v.
    señalar v.

    I
    1. ʃeʊ
    (past showed; past p shown or showed) transitive verb
    1)
    a) \<\<photograph/passport\>\> mostrar*, enseñar

    to show somebody something, to show something TO somebody — mostrarle* algo a alguien

    to have nothing/something to show for something: they had little/nothing to show for their years of work vieron poco/no vieron recompensados sus años de trabajo; she has something to show for her efforts — sus esfuerzos han dado fruto or le han reportado algo

    b) \<\<feelings\>\> demostrar*, exteriorizar*; \<\<interest/enthusiasm/taste\>\> demostrar*, mostrar*; \<\<courage\>\> demostrar* (tener)

    he shows her no respect — no le tiene ningún respeto, le falta al respeto

    could you show me the way? — ¿me podría indicar el camino?

    2)
    a) (depict, present)

    does the map show places of interest? — ¿están señalados or marcados en el mapa los lugares de interés?

    as shown in fig. 2 — como se indica or se muestra en la figura 2

    b) (record, register) \<\<barometer/dial/indicator\>\> marcar*, señalar, indicar*; \<\<profit/loss\>\> arrojar
    3)
    a) ( demonstrate) \<\<truth/importance\>\> demostrar*
    b) ( teach) enseñar

    I'll show them! — (colloq) ya van a ver!

    4) ( by accompanying) (+ adv compl)

    he showed us to our seatsnos llevó or nos acompañó hasta nuestros asientos

    to show somebody in — hacer* pasar a alguien

    to show somebody over a building — mostrarle* or enseñarle a alguien un edificio

    5)
    a) ( screen) \<\<movie\>\> dar*, pasar, proyectar (frml), poner* (Esp); \<\<program\>\> dar*, poner* (Esp), emitir (frml); \<\<slides\>\> pasar, proyectar (frml)
    b) ( exhibit) \<\<paintings/sculpture\>\> exponer*, exhibir; \<\<horse/dog\>\> presentar, exponer*

    2.
    vi
    1) ( be visible) \<\<dirt/stain\>\> verse*, notarse; \<\<emotion/scar\>\> notarse

    I did it in a hurry - yes, it shows! — lo hice deprisa y corriendo - sí, se nota! or sí, y así quedó!

    to show through — verse*

    2)
    a) ( be screened) ( Cin)

    it's showing at the Trocadero — la están dando en el Trocadero, la ponen en el Trocadero (Esp)

    b) ( exhibit) \<\<artist\>\> exponer*, exhibir
    3) ( turn up) (colloq) aparecer*

    3.
    v refl
    a) ( become visible) \<\<person\>\> asomarse, dejarse ver
    b) ( prove to be) demostrar* ser; ( turn out to be) resultar ser
    Phrasal Verbs:

    II
    1) c ( exhibition) ( Art) exposición f

    agricultural showferia f agrícola y ganadera, exposición f rural (RPl)

    boat showsalón m náutico

    to be on show — estar* expuesto or en exhibición

    to put something on show — exponer* algo; (before n)

    show house — (BrE) casa f piloto

    2) c
    a) ( stage production) espectáculo m

    to get the show on the road — (colloq) poner* manos a la obra

    let's get this show on the roadmanos a la obra!

    to steal the show\<\<actor\>\> robarse el espectáculo, llevarse todos los aplausos

    b) (on television, radio) programa m
    3) (no pl)
    a) ( display) muestra f, demostración f

    I made a show of enthusiasm — fingí estar entusiasmado; alarde m

    4) (colloq) (no pl)
    a) (activity, organization) asunto m

    to run the show llevar la voz cantante, llevar la batuta (fam), ser* el amo del cotarro (fam)

    b) ( performance) (BrE)

    to put up a good/poor show — hacer* un buen/mal papel, defenderse* bien/mal

    good show! — espléndido!, bravo!

    [ʃǝʊ] (vb: pt showed) (pp shown)
    1. N
    1) (=showing) demostración f, manifestación f

    show of handsvotación f a mano alzada

    an impressive show of poweruna impresionante exhibición de poder

    2) (=exhibition) exposición f ; [of trade] feria f

    agricultural show — feria f agrícola

    fashion show — pase m de modelos

    motor show — salón m del automóvil

    to be on show — estar expuesto

    flower 3., horse 2., Lord Mayor
    3) (=sight)
    4) (Theat)
    a) (=performance) espectáculo m, función f

    to go to a show — ir al teatro

    the last show starts at 11 — la última función empieza a las 11

    there is no show on Sundays — el domingo no hay función

    to stage a show — montar un espectáculo

    b) (fig)

    bad show! — ¡malo!

    good show! * — ¡muy bien hecho!

    to put up a good show * — dar buena cuenta de sí, hacer un buen papel

    on with the show!, the show must go on! — ¡que siga el espectáculo!

    to put up a poor show * — no dar buena cuenta de sí, hacer un mal papel

    - give the show away
    - steal the show
    5) (Rad, TV) programa m
    6) (=outward appearance) apariencia f

    it's all show with him — en su caso todo es apariencia, todo lo hace para impresionar

    to do sth for show — hacer algo para impresionar

    it's just for show (behaviour) es para impresionar nada más; (object) (=for decoration) es solo un adorno; (=not real) es de adorno

    the party made a show of unity at its conference — el partido presentó una fachada de gran unidad en su congreso

    7) (=affected display) alarde m

    to make a great show of sympathyhacer un gran alarde de compasión

    8) * (=organization)

    who's in charge of this show? — ¿quién manda aquí?

    this is my show — aquí mando yo

    he runs the show — manda él, él es el amo

    2. VT
    1) (gen) enseñar, mostrar

    to show sb sth, show sth to sb — enseñar or mostrar algo a algn

    have I shown you my hat? — ¿te he enseñado or mostrado ya mi sombrero?

    he showed me his new carme enseñó or mostró su nuevo coche

    to show o.s.: she won't show herself here again — no volverá a dejarse ver por aquí

    come on, show yourself! — vamos, ¡sal de ahí!

    it shows itself in his speech — se revela en su forma de hablar, se le nota en el habla

    to show one's cards or one's hand — (lit) poner las cartas boca arriba; (fig) descubrir el juego

    don't show your face here again — no te vuelvas a dejar ver por aquí

    she likes to show her legsle gusta enseñar or frm hacer exhibición de sus piernas

    he had nothing to show for his trouble — no vió recompensado su esfuerzo, no le lució nada el esfuerzo

    to show one's passportmostrar or presentar su pasaporte

    2) (=exhibit) [+ paintings] exhibir; [+ goods] exponer; [+ film] proyectar, pasar; [+ slides] proyectar; (Theat) representar, dar *
    3) (=indicate) [dial, gauge, instrument] marcar

    the speedometer shows a speed of... — el velocímetro marca...

    it shows 200 degreesmarca or indica 200 grados

    the clock shows two o'clock — el reloj marca las dos

    the figures show a rise — las cifras arrojan un aumento

    as shown in the illustrationcomo se ve en el grabado

    to show a loss/ profit — (Comm) arrojar un saldo negativo/positivo

    4) (=demonstrate) demostrar

    to show that... — demostrar que..., hacer ver que...

    it just goes to show (that)... — queda demostrado (que)...

    I showed him that this could not be truele hice ver or demostré que esto no podía ser cierto

    this shows him to be a coward — esto deja manifiesto lo cobarde que es, esto demuestra que es un cobarde

    I'll show him! * — ¡ya va a ver!, ¡ese se va a enterar!

    to show what one is made of — demostrar de lo que uno es capaz

    5) (=express, manifest) demostrar

    to show one's affectiondemostrar su cariño

    she showed great couragedemostró gran valentía

    to show his disagreement, he... — para mostrar su disconformidad, él...

    he showed no fear — no demostró tener miedo, no mostró ningún miedo

    she showed great intelligence — demostró ser muy inteligente, mostró gran inteligencia

    she showed no reactionno acusó reacción alguna

    the choice of dishes shows excellent tastela selección de platos demuestra or muestra un gusto muy fino

    6) (=reveal)

    she's beginning to show her ageya empieza a aparentar su edad

    white shoes soon show the dirtlos zapatos blancos pronto dejan ver la suciedad

    to show o.s. incompetent — descubrir su incompetencia, mostrarse incompetente

    7) (=direct, conduct)

    to show sb to the dooracompañar a algn a la puerta

    to show sb the door — (fig) echar a algn con cajas destempladas

    to show sb into a room — hacer que pase algn, hacer entrar a algn en un cuarto

    to show sb over or round a house — enseñar a algn una casa

    they showed us round the gardennos mostraron or enseñaron el jardín

    who is going to show us round? — ¿quién actuará de guía?, ¿quién será nuestro guía?

    to show sb to his seatacompañar a algn a su asiento

    to show sb the wayseñalar el camino a algn

    3. VI
    1) [stain, emotion, underskirt] notarse, verse

    it doesn't show — no se ve, no se nota

    fear showed on her facese le notaba or frm manifestaba el miedo en la cara

    don't worry, it won't show — no te preocupes, no se notará

    "I've never been riding before" - "it shows" — -nunca había montado a caballo antes -se nota

    2) [film]

    there's a horror film showing at the Odeonestán pasando or (LAm) dando una película de horror en el Odeón

    3) (=demonstrate)

    it just goes to show that...! — ¡hay que ver que...!

    4) (esp US) (also: show up) (=arrive) venir, aparecer
    4.
    CPD

    show apartment N(Brit) apartamento m modelo, piso m piloto (Sp), departamento m piloto or modelo (LAm)

    show bill Ncartel m

    show biz *, show business Nel mundo del espectáculo

    showbiz column, showbiz reporter

    show flat N(Brit) apartamento m modelo, piso m piloto (Sp), departamento m piloto or modelo (LAm)

    show home, show house N(Brit) casa f modelo, casa f piloto

    show jumper Nparticipante mf en concursos de saltos or de hípica

    show jumping Nconcursos mpl de saltos or de hípica

    show ring Npista f de exhibición

    show trial Nproceso m organizado con fines propagandísticos

    * * *

    I
    1. [ʃeʊ]
    (past showed; past p shown or showed) transitive verb
    1)
    a) \<\<photograph/passport\>\> mostrar*, enseñar

    to show somebody something, to show something TO somebody — mostrarle* algo a alguien

    to have nothing/something to show for something: they had little/nothing to show for their years of work vieron poco/no vieron recompensados sus años de trabajo; she has something to show for her efforts — sus esfuerzos han dado fruto or le han reportado algo

    b) \<\<feelings\>\> demostrar*, exteriorizar*; \<\<interest/enthusiasm/taste\>\> demostrar*, mostrar*; \<\<courage\>\> demostrar* (tener)

    he shows her no respect — no le tiene ningún respeto, le falta al respeto

    could you show me the way? — ¿me podría indicar el camino?

    2)
    a) (depict, present)

    does the map show places of interest? — ¿están señalados or marcados en el mapa los lugares de interés?

    as shown in fig. 2 — como se indica or se muestra en la figura 2

    b) (record, register) \<\<barometer/dial/indicator\>\> marcar*, señalar, indicar*; \<\<profit/loss\>\> arrojar
    3)
    a) ( demonstrate) \<\<truth/importance\>\> demostrar*
    b) ( teach) enseñar

    I'll show them! — (colloq) ya van a ver!

    4) ( by accompanying) (+ adv compl)

    he showed us to our seatsnos llevó or nos acompañó hasta nuestros asientos

    to show somebody in — hacer* pasar a alguien

    to show somebody over a building — mostrarle* or enseñarle a alguien un edificio

    5)
    a) ( screen) \<\<movie\>\> dar*, pasar, proyectar (frml), poner* (Esp); \<\<program\>\> dar*, poner* (Esp), emitir (frml); \<\<slides\>\> pasar, proyectar (frml)
    b) ( exhibit) \<\<paintings/sculpture\>\> exponer*, exhibir; \<\<horse/dog\>\> presentar, exponer*

    2.
    vi
    1) ( be visible) \<\<dirt/stain\>\> verse*, notarse; \<\<emotion/scar\>\> notarse

    I did it in a hurry - yes, it shows! — lo hice deprisa y corriendo - sí, se nota! or sí, y así quedó!

    to show through — verse*

    2)
    a) ( be screened) ( Cin)

    it's showing at the Trocadero — la están dando en el Trocadero, la ponen en el Trocadero (Esp)

    b) ( exhibit) \<\<artist\>\> exponer*, exhibir
    3) ( turn up) (colloq) aparecer*

    3.
    v refl
    a) ( become visible) \<\<person\>\> asomarse, dejarse ver
    b) ( prove to be) demostrar* ser; ( turn out to be) resultar ser
    Phrasal Verbs:

    II
    1) c ( exhibition) ( Art) exposición f

    agricultural showferia f agrícola y ganadera, exposición f rural (RPl)

    boat showsalón m náutico

    to be on show — estar* expuesto or en exhibición

    to put something on show — exponer* algo; (before n)

    show house — (BrE) casa f piloto

    2) c
    a) ( stage production) espectáculo m

    to get the show on the road — (colloq) poner* manos a la obra

    let's get this show on the roadmanos a la obra!

    to steal the show\<\<actor\>\> robarse el espectáculo, llevarse todos los aplausos

    b) (on television, radio) programa m
    3) (no pl)
    a) ( display) muestra f, demostración f

    I made a show of enthusiasm — fingí estar entusiasmado; alarde m

    4) (colloq) (no pl)
    a) (activity, organization) asunto m

    to run the show llevar la voz cantante, llevar la batuta (fam), ser* el amo del cotarro (fam)

    b) ( performance) (BrE)

    to put up a good/poor show — hacer* un buen/mal papel, defenderse* bien/mal

    good show! — espléndido!, bravo!

    English-spanish dictionary > show

  • 12 poder

    m.
    1 power (mando, competencia).
    estar en/hacerse con el poder to be in/to seize power
    poder adquisitivo purchasing power
    poder calorífico calorific value
    poder de convicción persuasive powers
    tener poder de convocatoria to be a crowd-puller
    el poder ejecutivo/legislativo/judicial the executive/legislature/judiciary (personas)
    poderes fácticos the church, military and press
    poderes públicos public authorities
    El poder corrompe a los indecisos Power corrupts the undecided.
    2 power, authorization.
    dar poderes a alguien para que haga algo to authorize somebody to do something
    por poderes by proxy
    poder notarial power of attorney
    3 faculty.
    4 proxy, letter of delegation, power of attorney, letter of attorney.
    Ella se casó usando un poder She married using a proxy.
    v.
    1 can, to be able to.
    no puedo decírtelo I can't tell you, I'm unable to tell you
    2 can, may (tener permiso).
    no puedo salir por la noche I'm not allowed to o I can't go out at night
    ¿puedo fumar aquí? may I smoke here?
    ¿se puede? may I come in?
    no podemos portarnos así con él we can't treat him like that
    4 may, can (tener posibilidad, ser posible).
    puede estallar la guerra war could o may break out
    podías haber ido en tren you could have gone by train
    ¡podría habernos invitado! she could o might have invited us! (expresa enfado)
    puede que llueva it may o might rain
    ¿vendrás mañana? — puede will you come tomorrow? — I may do
    puede ser perhaps, maybe
    5 to be stronger than.
    tú eres más alto, pero yo te puedo you may be taller than me, but I could still beat you up
    6 to can, to may, to be able to, to be apt to.
    Ella puede correr She is able to run.
    7 to might, to stand to.
    Ella podría surgir She might rise above.
    8 to be capable.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    puedo, puedes, puede, podemos, podéis, pueden.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    pueda, puedas, pueda, podamos, podáis, puedan.
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    puede (tú), pueda (él/Vd.), podamos (nos.), poded (vos.), puedan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    1. verb
    1) can
    3) may
    2. noun m.
    4) strength, force
    * * *
    1. VERBO AUXILIAR
    1) (=tener la posibilidad o capacidad de)

    ¿se puede llamar por teléfono desde aquí? — can you phone from here?

    no puede venirhe can't o cannot come

    no ha podido venir — he couldn't come, he was unable to come

    2) (=tener permiso para)

    puedes irteyou can o may go

    ¿puedo usar tu teléfono? — can o may I use your phone?

    ¿puedo abrir la ventana? — can o may I open the window?

    aquí no se puede fumar — you aren't allowed to smoke here, you can't smoke here

    3) [en peticiones]

    ¿puedes/puede darme un vaso de agua? — can I/may I have a glass of water please?

    ¿me puede usted decir cuándo sale el autobús? — can o could you tell me when the bus leaves?

    4) [indicando eventualidad]

    puede o podría estar en cualquier sitio — it could o might be anywhere

    ¡cuidado, te puedes hacer daño! — careful, you could o might hurt yourself!

    podías haberte roto una piernayou could o might have broken your leg

    5) [indicando obligación moral]

    ¡no pueden tratarnos así! — they can't treat us like this!

    6) [en cálculos, aproximaciones]

    ¿qué edad puede tener? — I wonder what age he is?, how old do you reckon he is?

    7) [en sugerencias]
    8) [en reproches]

    ¡podías habérmelo dicho! — you could o might have told me!

    habría podido ser más amableshe could o might have been a bit nicer

    ¡al menos podrías disculparte! — you could at least say sorry!

    2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) (=tener la posibilidad o capacidad)

    ¡no puedo más! — (=estoy agotado) I can't go on!; (=estoy desesperado) I can't cope any more!; (=he comido mucho) I can't eat another thing!

    2) (=tener permiso)

    ¿se puede? — may I come in?

    ¿puedo? — may I?

    3) (=tener dominio, influencia)

    los que pueden — those who can, those who are able

    el dinero puede mucho — money can do almost anything, money talks

    poder a algn: yo le puedo — I'm a match for him; [entre niños] I could have him *

    poder con

    ¿puedes con la maleta? — can you manage the suitcase?

    no puedo con él(=no puedo controlarle) I can't handle him; (=pesa mucho) he's too heavy for me

    4) [en locuciones]

    a más no poder, es tonto a más no poder — he's as stupid as they come

    no poder por menos que, no pude por menos que decirle lo que pensaba de él — I just had to tell him what I thought of him

    5) CAm, Méx * (=molestar) [con irritación] to annoy; [con disgusto] to upset
    3.
    VERBO IMPERSONAL
    puede (ser) (=es posible) maybe, it may be so, perhaps

    ¡no puede ser! — that can't be!, that's impossible!

    puede (ser) que ({+ subjun}9})

    puede (ser) que esté en la bibliotecahe could o may be in the library, perhaps he's in the library

    puede (ser) que tenga uno yahe may o might have one already

    puede (ser) que no vengahe may o might not come

    4. SUSTANTIVO MASCULINO
    1) (=capacidad, facultad) power

    poder de convocatoria, tienen un gran poder de convocatoria — they really pull in the crowds, they're real crowd-pullers *

    2) (=autoridad, influencia) power
    3) (Pol)

    ¡el pueblo al poder! — power to the people!

    ¡Herrera al poder! — Herrera for leader!

    bajo el poder de algn, estar en el poder, ocupar el poder — to be in power

    el poder centralcentral government

    el cuarto poder — the fourth estate

    los poderes fácticosthe powers that be

    los poderes públicosthe authorities

    4) (=fuerza, eficacia)
    5) (=potestad)
    pl poderes powers
    6) (Jur)

    por poderes o LAm poder — by proxy

    7) (=posesión) possession

    estar u obrar en poder de algn — to be in sb's hands o possession

    esa información está u obra en poder de la juez — that information is in the hands of the judge, that information is in the judge's possession

    pasar a poder de algn — to pass to sb, pass into sb's possession

    8) (Fís, Mec) power
    9) LAm (=persona) drug pusher
    * * *
    I
    verbo auxiliar

    ¿cuándo podrá darme una respuesta? — when will you be able to o when can you give me an answer?

    no pudo asistir a la reuniónhe was unable to o he couldn't attend the meeting

    ¿pudiste hacerlo sola? — were you able to do it on your own?

    ¿puedo servirme otro? — can o may I have another one?

    ¿le puedo hacer una sugerencia? — may I make a suggestion?

    ¿podría irme un poco más temprano hoy? — could I leave a little earlier today?

    ¿se puede? - adelante! — may I? - come in

    4)
    a) (en quejas, reproches)

    ¿cómo pudiste hacer una cosa así? — how could you do such a thing?

    podías or podrías haberme avisado — you could o might have warned me!

    podrías or podías pedírselo tú — you could ask him for it

    ¿puedes bajar un momento? — can you come down for a moment?

    ¿podrías hacerme un favor? — could you do me a favor?

    poder con algo/alguien: ¿puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?; no puedo con esta maleta I can't manage this suitcase; no pudo con el alemán y lo dejó he couldn't get to grips with German and he gave up; con este niño no hay quien pueda! this child is just impossible!; podérsela con algo — (Chi fam) to cope with something

    a más no poder: comió a más no poder he ate until he was fit to burst; corrimos a más no poder we ran as fast as we could; es feo a más no poder he's as ugly as they come; no poder más: estoy que no puedo más ( cansado) I'm exhausted; ( lleno) I can't eat anything else; ya no puedo más con este niño I'm at the end of my tether with this child; ya no puedo más, me está desquiciando I can't go on like this, it's driving me mad; no poder (por) menos que: no pude menos que sentirme halagado I couldn't help feeling flattered; no pudo menos que reconocer — she had no alternative but to admit

    7) (fam) (+ me, te, le etc)
    a) ( ganar)

    él es más alto, pero tú le puedes — he's taller than you but you can beat him

    b) (Méx) ( doler)
    8) (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad)

    te podrías or podías haber matado — you could have killed yourself!

    9) (en 3a pers)

    no puede ser que ya haya terminadohe can't have finished already

    si puede ser or (Esp) a poder ser — if possible

    - puede que sí, puede que no — maybe, maybe not

    II
    1)
    a) (control, influencia) power

    estamos/nos tiene en su poder — we are/she has us in her power

    caer en poder de alguienciudad/país to fall to somebody

    b) (Pol)

    tomar el poderto take o seize power

    detenta el poder desde hace 20 años — (frml) he has held power for 20 years

    2) ( posesión)

    la carta está en poder de... — the letter is in the hands of...

    obra en su poder la copia del acta — (frml) you have in your possession a copy of the minutes

    3)
    a) (derecho, atribución)

    tener amplios/plenos poderes para hacer algo — to have wide-ranging powers/full authority to do something

    b) (Der) ( documento) letter of authorization; ( hecho ante notario) power of attorney

    casarse por poder (AmL) or (Esp) por poderes — to get married by proxy

    4)
    a) (capacidad, facultad) power
    b) (de motor, aparato) power
    * * *
    I
    verbo auxiliar

    ¿cuándo podrá darme una respuesta? — when will you be able to o when can you give me an answer?

    no pudo asistir a la reuniónhe was unable to o he couldn't attend the meeting

    ¿pudiste hacerlo sola? — were you able to do it on your own?

    ¿puedo servirme otro? — can o may I have another one?

    ¿le puedo hacer una sugerencia? — may I make a suggestion?

    ¿podría irme un poco más temprano hoy? — could I leave a little earlier today?

    ¿se puede? - adelante! — may I? - come in

    4)
    a) (en quejas, reproches)

    ¿cómo pudiste hacer una cosa así? — how could you do such a thing?

    podías or podrías haberme avisado — you could o might have warned me!

    podrías or podías pedírselo tú — you could ask him for it

    ¿puedes bajar un momento? — can you come down for a moment?

    ¿podrías hacerme un favor? — could you do me a favor?

    poder con algo/alguien: ¿puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?; no puedo con esta maleta I can't manage this suitcase; no pudo con el alemán y lo dejó he couldn't get to grips with German and he gave up; con este niño no hay quien pueda! this child is just impossible!; podérsela con algo — (Chi fam) to cope with something

    a más no poder: comió a más no poder he ate until he was fit to burst; corrimos a más no poder we ran as fast as we could; es feo a más no poder he's as ugly as they come; no poder más: estoy que no puedo más ( cansado) I'm exhausted; ( lleno) I can't eat anything else; ya no puedo más con este niño I'm at the end of my tether with this child; ya no puedo más, me está desquiciando I can't go on like this, it's driving me mad; no poder (por) menos que: no pude menos que sentirme halagado I couldn't help feeling flattered; no pudo menos que reconocer — she had no alternative but to admit

    7) (fam) (+ me, te, le etc)
    a) ( ganar)

    él es más alto, pero tú le puedes — he's taller than you but you can beat him

    b) (Méx) ( doler)
    8) (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad)

    te podrías or podías haber matado — you could have killed yourself!

    9) (en 3a pers)

    no puede ser que ya haya terminadohe can't have finished already

    si puede ser or (Esp) a poder ser — if possible

    - puede que sí, puede que no — maybe, maybe not

    II
    1)
    a) (control, influencia) power

    estamos/nos tiene en su poder — we are/she has us in her power

    caer en poder de alguienciudad/país to fall to somebody

    b) (Pol)

    tomar el poderto take o seize power

    detenta el poder desde hace 20 años — (frml) he has held power for 20 years

    2) ( posesión)

    la carta está en poder de... — the letter is in the hands of...

    obra en su poder la copia del acta — (frml) you have in your possession a copy of the minutes

    3)
    a) (derecho, atribución)

    tener amplios/plenos poderes para hacer algo — to have wide-ranging powers/full authority to do something

    b) (Der) ( documento) letter of authorization; ( hecho ante notario) power of attorney

    casarse por poder (AmL) or (Esp) por poderes — to get married by proxy

    4)
    a) (capacidad, facultad) power
    b) (de motor, aparato) power
    * * *
    poder1
    1 = force, strength, power, leverage, authority, clout, might, muscle power, power of attorney, sway.

    Ex: Her reason admitted the force of his arguments, but her instinct opposed it.

    Ex: The strength of the acetone rinsing on the strength of the paper is investigated, and its efficiency in removing NM2P is also examined using gas liquid chromatography.
    Ex: She added that she felt sorry for the assistant because he had so little power.
    Ex: At certain times, dubious interpretations of the rules have even been used as leverage in gaining ground on matters of dispute between Community partners.
    Ex: One of the great virtues of networking is that it democratizes access to information and access to authority.
    Ex: IT executives would like to see their role in the organization elevated, giving them more ' clout', stature and visibility.
    Ex: Gradually many of these conquerors came to realize that, although military might was necessary to gain control over an area, sheer force of arms was not sufficient to govern effectively.
    Ex: Their development, particularly for replacing human muscle power, has been in parallel with that of information technology, but largely independent of it.
    Ex: A power of attorney is a legal instrument that is used to delegate legal authority to another.
    Ex: During this period Africa was influenced by external forces as the Islamic states of the north extended their sway south.
    * abusar del poder = lord over, lord it over.
    * abuso de poder = abuse of power.
    * altas esferas del poder, las = echelons of power, the.
    * ansioso de poder = power-hungry.
    * asumir poder = assume + power.
    * ceder las riendas del poder = hand over + the reins of power.
    * círculo de poder = circle of power.
    * con ansias de poder = power-hungry.
    * conceder poderes = give + powers.
    * con hambre de poder = power-hungry.
    * con poder = powerful.
    * con sed de poder = power-hungry.
    * control del poder = hold on power.
    * dar poderes = give + powers.
    * dejar sin poder = disempower.
    * división de poderes = division of powers.
    * ejercer poder = wield + power, exercise + power.
    * en el poder = in office.
    * equilibrio de poder = balance of power.
    * estructura de poder = power structure.
    * frecuentar los pasillos del poder = stalk + the corridors of power.
    * gente de poder = wielders of power, powerful people.
    * gobierno en el poder = ruling government.
    * grupo de poder = power group.
    * hambriento de poder = power-hungry.
    * igualdad de poder = parity of power.
    * inversión de poderes = power reversal.
    * jerarquía de poder = scalar chain.
    * llevar al poder = bring + Nombre + to power.
    * los poderes fáticos = the powers-that-be.
    * los que detentan el poder = the powers-that-be.
    * lucha de poderes = power struggle.
    * lucha por el poder = power struggle.
    * luchar de poderes = battle of wills.
    * partido en el poder, el = ruling party, the.
    * pasar las riendas del poder a = hand + the reins over to.
    * pasillos del poder, los = corridors of power, the.
    * perder poder = lose + power.
    * pérdida de poder = disempowerment.
    * poder adquisitivo = spending power, purchasing power, buying power.
    * poder colectivo = collective power.
    * poder curativo = healing power.
    * poder de atracción = drawing power.
    * poder de curación = healing power.
    * poder de discriminación = discretion.
    * poder de enganche = holding power.
    * poder del estado = state power.
    * poder de negociación = bargaining power.
    * poder de representación = power of representation.
    * poder de retención = holding power.
    * poder divino = divine power.
    * poder económico = economic leverage.
    * poder ejecutivo = chief executive, executive arm, executive power.
    * poder ejecutivo, el = Executive, the.
    * poder estatal = state power.
    * poder imperial = imperial power.
    * poder judicial = judicial arm, judicial system.
    * poder judicial, el = judiciary, the.
    * poder legal = statutory power.
    * poder legislativo = legislative power, legislative arm.
    * poder mágico = magical power, magic power.
    * poder notarial = power of attorney.
    * poder político = political power.
    * poder presidencial = presidential power.
    * poder público = public power, public authority.
    * poder remunerativo = earning power, earning capacity.
    * poder sobrenatural = supernatural power.
    * política del poder = power politics.
    * por poderes = by proxy.
    * posición de poder = position power.
    * quitar el poder = disempower.
    * relación de poder = power relationship.
    * relaciones de poder = power relations.
    * sediento de poder = power-hungry.
    * subida al poder = seizure of power.
    * subir al poder = rise to + power.
    * tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener el poder de = have + the power to.
    * tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.
    * tomar el poder = take + power.
    * tomar las riendas del poder = take + the reins of power.

    poder2
    2 = be able to, be capable of, can, have + the opportunity, may, qualify for, manage to.

    Ex: Thus the electronic journal (e-journal) is a concept where scientists are able to input ideas and text to a computer data base for their colleagues to view, and similarly to view the work of others.

    Ex: Main classes are thus only capable of precise definition in the contexts of particular classification schemes.
    Ex: When used by skilled abstractors this mixture of styles can achieve the maximum transmission of information, within a minimum length.
    Ex: Every librarian, regardless of his government's policy, has the opportunity, if he has the courage, to open the avenues of books and ideas a little wider.
    Ex: My second point may be a slightly tangential, but I hope it is a concrete reaction to the general tenor of Mr. Lubetzky's remarks and the general subject posed.
    Ex: FIAC has drawn up a list of criteria to determine whether an advice centre qualifies for membership of the Federation.
    Ex: Tom Hernandez tried not to show how sad he felt about his friends' leaving, and managed to keep up a cheerful facade until the party broke up.
    * Algo por lo que se puede cobrar = billable.
    * al que no se puede dejar de faltar = unmissable.
    * como mejor + poder = as best + Pronombre + can.
    * cuando antes pueda = at + Posesivo + earliest convenience.
    * de modo que + poder + oír = within earshot of.
    * en el que se puede buscar = searchable.
    * estar tan bueno que no se puede dejar de comer = moreish, moreish.
    * hacerlo lo mejor que Uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * hacer todo lo que Uno pueda = do + Posesivo + best, do + the best + Nombre + may, do + the best + Nombre + can.
    * hacer todo lo que Uno pueda (dado) = do + the best possible (with).
    * lo suficientemente lejos como para no poder oír = out of earshot.
    * muy bien + podría + Verbo = might + well + Verbo.
    * muy bien + puede + Verbo = may well + Verbo.
    * nada puede estar más apartado de la realidad = nothing can be further from the truth.
    * noche sin poder dormir = sleepless night.
    * no poder = be unable to, cannot, can't [cannot].
    * no poder aguantar a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * no poder conciliar el sueño = have + trouble sleeping.
    * no poder dejar de mencionar = cannot but notice.
    * no poder dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be stressed too strongly, cannot + give + too much emphasis + to the importance of.
    * no poder dormir = sleeplessness.
    * no poder estarse quieto = have + the fidgets, fidget.
    * no poder evitar + Infinitivo = cannot help + Gerundio, cannot help but + Verbo.
    * no poder evitar mencionar = cannot but notice.
    * no poder hacer más que = do + little more than.
    * no poder permitirse = ill afford.
    * no poder permitirse el lujo de = ill afford.
    * no poder quitarse Algo de la cabeza = can't get it out of my mind.
    * no poderse buscar = be unsearchable.
    * no poderse negar que = there + be + no denying that.
    * no poder ver a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * no poder ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.
    * no pude evitar notar que = couldn't help but notice (that).
    * no puedo aguantarlo = can't take it.
    * no puedo comprender = I can't get over.
    * No se le puede pedir peras al olmo = You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear.
    * no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + de = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overemphasised.
    * no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + of = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.
    * no se puede dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overemphasised, the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.
    * personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.
    * poder contar con = be there for + Pronombre, be there for + Pronombre.
    * poder + Infinitivo = succeed in + Gerundio.
    * poderse afirmar que = it + be + safe to say that.
    * poderse contestar = be answerable.
    * poderse integrar en = be integrable in.
    * poderse localizar = be locatable.
    * poder utilizarse = be usable.
    * por el que se puede cobrar = chargeable.
    * puede muy bien ser = could well be.
    * puede muy bien ser que = it may well be that.
    * puede que = maybe.
    * puede que al final sea para bien = be a blessing in disguise.
    * ¿Puede repetir? = I beg your pardon?, I beg your pardon?.
    * que no se le puede dar un nombre = unnameable.
    * que no se puede conseguir = unobtainable.
    * que no se puede entregar = undeliverable.
    * que no se puede hacer cumplir = unenforceable.
    * que no se puede identificar con un término = unnameable.
    * que no se puede uno perder = unmissable.
    * que puede causar detención = arrestable.
    * que puede demostrarse = demonstrably.
    * que puede salir en préstamo = loanable.
    * que puede ser apilado = stacking.
    * que puede ser usado a través de la web = web-compliant.
    * querer es poder = where there's a will there's a way.
    * que se le puede dar un nombre = nameable.
    * que se puede arreglar = fixable.
    * que se puede buscar = searchable.
    * que se puede cambiar de tamaño = resizeable [re-sizeable].
    * que se puede escuchar = playable.
    * que se puede hacer cumplir = enforceable.
    * que se puede identificar con un término = nameable.
    * que se puede imprimir = printable.
    * que se puede quitar = detachable.
    * que se puede separar = detachable.
    * que se puede visualizar = viewable.
    * sálvese el que pueda = free-for-all.
    * sálvese quien pueda = the devil take the hindmost, every man for himself, let battle commence.
    * se puede = is to be.
    * siempre que uno puede dedicarle el tiempo = in + Posesivo + own time.
    * sin poder contenerse = helplessly.
    * sin poder dormir = sleepless.
    * sin poder extinguirlo = inextinguishably.
    * sin poder hacer nada = helplessly.
    * tan sorprendente como pueda parecer = as amazing as it seems.
    * todavía + poderse + escuchar los ecos de = echo + still resound from.

    * * *
    poder1 [ E21 ]
    A tener la capacidad de
    B expresando idea de permiso
    C expresando un derecho moral
    D
    1 en quejas, reproches
    2 en sugerencias
    3 solicitando un favor
    A
    1 poder con algo/alguien
    2 el dinero lo puede todo
    B en locuciones
    C
    1 vencer, ganar
    2 doler
    A con idea de eventualidad
    B en tercera persona
    A
    (tener la capacidad o posibilidad de): ven en cuanto puedas come as soon as you can
    no puedo pagar tanto I can't pay that much
    ¿cómo que no puedes? what do you mean, you can't do it ( o you can't come etc)?
    no podía dejar de reír I couldn't stop laughing
    no va a poder venir he won't be able to come
    ¿cuándo podrá darme una respuesta definitiva? when will you be able to o when can you give me a firm answer?
    no pude convencerla I couldn't persuade her
    no pudo asistir a la reunión he was unable to o he couldn't attend the meeting
    ¿pudiste hacerlo sola? did you manage to do it o were you able to do it on your own?
    hicimos todo lo que pudimos por ayudarlos we did everything in our power o everything we could to help them
    no se puede valer por sí mismo he can't manage by himself
    no habría podido hacerlo sin tu ayuda I wouldn't have been able to do it o I couldn't have done it without your help
    no debe (de) haber podido encontrarlo she obviously couldn't find it o can't have found it
    ¡este niño no se puede estar quieto ni un minuto! this child just won't o can't keep still for a minute!
    con aquel ruido no se podía trabajar it was impossible to work o you couldn't work with that noise going on
    ¿sabes que se han prometido? — ¡no te (lo) puedo creer! do you know they're engaged? — you're joking! o I don't believe it!
    B
    (expresando idea de permiso): ¿puedo servirme otro? can o may I have another one?
    ya pueden volver la hoja you may turn the page over now
    ¿me puedo ir? — ¡no señor! can o may I go? — no, you cannot o may not!
    ¿sales a jugar? — no puedo, estoy castigada are you coming out to play? — I can't, I'm being kept in
    ¿puedo pasar? may I come in?
    ¿le puedo hacer una sugerencia? may I make a suggestion?
    ¿podría irme un poco más temprano hoy? could I leave a little earlier today?
    por mí, puedes hacer lo que quieras as far as I'm concerned, you can do whatever you like
    no puede comer sal he isn't allowed to eat salt
    ¿quién te lo dijo, si se puede saber? who told you, may I ask?
    ¿se puede? — ¡adelante! may I? — come in
    aquí no se puede fumar smoking is not allowed here, you can't smoke here
    C
    (expresando un derecho moral): no podemos hacerle eso we can't do that to her
    después de lo que has trabajado, bien puedes tomarte un descanso you're entitled to o you deserve a rest after all the work you've done
    es lo menos que puedes hacer it's the least you can do
    D
    1
    (en quejas, reproches): ¿cómo pudiste hacer una cosa así? how could you do such a thing?
    ¿cómo puedes ser tan ingrato? how can you be so ungrateful?
    podías or podrías haberme avisado you could o might have warned me!
    2
    (en sugerencias): podrías or podías pedírselo tú, a ti siempre te hace caso why don't you ask him? he always listens to you
    ya te puedes ir haciendo a la idea you'd better start getting used to the idea
    3
    (solicitando un favor): ¿puedes bajar un momento? can you come down for a moment?
    ¿podrías hacerme un favor? could you do me a favor?
    ¿no puedes irte a jugar a otra parte? can't you go and play somewhere else?
    A
    1 poder CON algo/algn:
    ¿tú puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?
    no puedo con esta maleta I can't manage this suitcase
    yo no puedo solo con la casa, los niños y la tienda I can't do the housework, look after the children and run the store all on my own, I can't cope with the house, the children and the store all on my own
    no pudo con el alemán y lo dejó he couldn't get o come to grips with German and he gave up
    ¡con este niño no hay quien pueda! this child is just impossible!
    podérsela ( Chi fam); to cope, manage
    no se la puede con el trabajo he can't cope with the job o manage the job
    2
    el dinero lo puede todo money talks, you can do anything if you have money
    a más no poder: comió a más no poder he ate until he was fit to burst
    gana dinero a más no poder she's making pots of money ( colloq), she's making money hand over fist
    es feo a más no poder he's as ugly as they come
    corrimos a más no poder we ran for all we were worth o as fast as we could
    no poder más: estoy que no puedo más (de cansancio) I'm exhausted
    a mí no me des postre que ya no puedo más don't serve me any dessert, I can't eat anything else
    ya no puedo más con este niño I'm at the end of my tether with this child
    no podía más, y ese estúpido que no salía del cuarto de baño I was desperate o I was bursting to go and that idiot wouldn't come out of the bathroom ( colloq)
    ya no puedo más, me está desquiciando I can't go on like this, it's driving me mad
    no poder (por) menos que: uno no puede menos que sentirse halagado one can't help feeling flattered
    no puedo menos que expresar mi profunda decepción I feel I must say how deeply disappointed I am
    no pudo menos que reconocer que teníamos razón she had no alternative but to admit that we were right
    C
    1 ( fam)
    (vencer, ganar): él es más alto pero tú le puedes he's taller than you but you can beat him
    tu papá no le puede al mío your dad's not as strong as mine
    a gracioso no hay quien le pueda as a comic, there's no-one to beat him o he's unbeatable
    2
    ( Méx fam) (doler): tu desprecio le puede mucho she's very hurt by your disdainful attitude, your disdainful attitude hurts her deeply
    nos pudo mucho la muerte de Julio we were greatly saddened o terribly upset by Julio's death
    A
    (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad): puede aparecer en cualquier momento he may turn up at any moment
    de él se puede esperar cualquier cosa anything's possible with him
    no sé dónde lo puedo haber puesto I don't know where I can have put it
    no hagas nada que pueda resultar sospechoso don't do anything that might look suspicious
    puede haber venido mientras no estábamos he may have come while we were out
    hace horas que están reunidos ¿de qué pueden estar hablando? they've been in that meeting for hours, what can they be talking about?
    te podrías or podías haber matado you could have killed yourself!
    un error así puede costar millones a mistake like that could cost millions
    no podía haber estado más amable she couldn't have been kinder
    llaman a la puerta — ¿quién podrá ser a estas horas? there's someone at the door — who can o could it be at this time?
    podría volver a ocurrir it could happen again
    Pilar no pudo haber sido it couldn't have been Pilar
    ¿nos habrá mentido? — no sé, puede ser do you think he lied to us? — I don't know, he may have done o it's possible
    no puede ser que ya haya terminado he can't have finished already
    si puede ser or ( Esp) a poder ser preferiría la cuarta fila if possible, I'd prefer row four
    me habría gustado verlo pero no pudo ser I would have liked to see him but it wasn't possible o it wasn't to be
    puede (ser) que tengas razón you may o could be right
    puede (ser) que no nos haya visto he may not have seen us
    ¿vas a votar para ella? — puede que sí or puede are you going to vote for her? — maybe o I may
    ¿lo vas a aceptar? — puede que sí, puede que no are you going to accept it? — maybe, maybe not
    A
    1 (control, influencia) power
    el poder de la prensa the power of the press
    tiene mucho poder en el pueblo he has a great deal of power o influence o he is a very powerful man in the village
    la Familia Real no tiene ningún poder the Royal Family has no power
    Constantinopla cayó en poder de los turcos Constantinople fell to the Turks
    estamos/nos tiene en su poder we are/she has us in her power
    2 ( Pol):
    el poder power
    estar en el poder to be in power
    tomar el poder to take o seize power
    asumir el poder to assume power
    detenta el poder desde hace 20 años ( frml); he has held power for 20 years
    lleva cuatro años en el poder he has been in power for four years
    toda la vida buscó el poder y la gloria all her life she sought power and fame
    el poder en la sombra the power behind the throne
    el poder corrompe power corrupts
    B
    (posesión): la carta está en poder de las autoridades the letter is in the hands of the authorities
    hay que evitar que llegue a su poder we have to stop it falling into his hands
    obra en su poder la copia del acta ( frml); you have in your possession a copy of the minutes
    la solicitud ya pasó a poder de la oficina central the application has already been passed to our head office
    C
    1
    (derecho, atribución): tiene amplios/plenos poderes para investigar el asunto he has wide-ranging powers/full authority to investigate the matter
    la entrega or transmisión de poderes the handing over o transmission of power
    los poderes de la junta son ilimitados the junta has unlimited powers
    los poderes que le han sido conferidos the powers which have been vested in him
    la separación de poderes entre la Iglesia y el Estado the division o separation of power between the Church and the State
    2 ( Der) (documento) letter of authorization; (hecho ante notario) power of attorney
    casarse por poder( AmL) or ( Esp) por poderes to get married by proxy
    D
    1 (capacidad, facultad) power
    su poder de convicción or de persuasión her power of persuasion
    el poder del amor/de la sugestión the power of love/of suggestion
    tiene poderes extrasensoriales he has extrasensory powers
    2 (de un motor, aparato) power
    Compuestos:
    masculine absolute power
    masculine (de una divisa, un sueldo) purchasing power, buying power; (de una persona, un grupo) purchasing power, spending power
    masculine divine power
    el poder ejecutivo the executive
    mpl power of attorney
    mpl:
    los poderes públicos the authorities
    el poder judicial the judiciary
    el poder legislativo the legislature
    * * *

     

    poder 1 ( conjugate poder) v aux
    1 ( tener la capacidad o posibilidad de):

    no puedo pagar tanto I can't pay that much;
    no podía dormir I couldn't sleep;
    no va a poder venir he won't be able to come;
    no pudo asistir he was unable to o he couldn't attend;
    ¿pudiste hacerlo sola? were you able to do it on your own?
    2

    ¿puedo servirme otro? can o may I have another one?;

    ¿podría irme más temprano hoy? could I leave earlier today?;
    puedes hacer lo que quieras you can do whatever you like;
    no puede comer sal he isn't allowed to eat salt;
    ¿se puede? — ¡adelante! may I?come in;
    aquí no se puede fumar smoking is not allowed here

    ¿puedes bajar un momento? can you come down for a moment?;

    ¿podrías hacerme un favor? could you do me a favor?
    3 ( expresando derecho moral):

    4 (en quejas, reproches): podías or podrías haberme avisado you could o might have warned me!
    ( con idea de esfuerzo)
    1 poder con algo/algn:
    ¿puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?;

    no puedo con este niño I can't cope with this child;
    estoy que no puedo más ( cansado) I'm exhausted;

    ( lleno) I can't eat anything else;

    2 (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad): te podrías or podías haber matado you could have killed yourself!;

    podría volver a ocurrir it could happen again;
    no pudo ser it wasn't possible;
    puede (ser) que tengas razón you may o could be right;
    puede que sí, puede que no maybe, maybe not
    3 (Méx) ( doler):

    poder 2 sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (control, influencia) power;


    estamos en su poder we are in her power
    b) (Pol)


    estar en el poder to be in power;
    tomar el poder to take o seize power
    2 ( posesión):
    la carta está en poder de … the letter is in the hands of …

    3
    a) (derecho, atribución) power;



    ( hecho ante notario) power of attorney;
    casarse por poder (AmL) or (Esp) por poderes to get married by proxy
    4
    a) (capacidad, facultad) power;


    poder adquisitivo purchasing power
    b) (de motor, aparato) power

    poder 1 sustantivo masculino power
    Jur por poderes, by proxy
    Econ poder adquisitivo, purchasing power
    poder 2
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (tener capacidad) to be able to, can: no puedo evitarlo, I can't help it
    podías habernos avisado, you could/ might have warned us
    2 (tener derecho o autorización) may, might, can
    ¿puedo repetir?, may I have a second helping?
    no puede tomar carne de cerdo, he can't eat pork
    las mujeres ya pueden votar, women can already vote
    3 (uso impers) may, might: puede que la vea luego, I might see her later
    puede que sí, puede que no, maybe, maybe not
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 to cope [con, with]: no puedo con todo, I can't cope
    2 (vencer, tener más fuerza) to be stronger than
    En el presente, can y to be able to son sinónimos. Sin embargo, en el pasado could significa que podías hacer algo, mientras que was o were able to significa que, además de poder hacerlo, lo hiciste: I could tell him the truth. Podía decirle la verdad (no sabemos si lo hice). I was able to tell him the truth. Fui capaz de decirle la verdad (lo hice). En el futuro solo podemos emplear to be able to: I will be able to do it tomorrow. Podré hacerlo mañana.
    Para expresar posibilidad puedes usar may, could o might. La diferencia consiste en el grado de probabilidad que sugieren. Recuerda que may se refiere a hechos más probables que might o could: Puede que llueva mañana. It may rain tomorrow (crees que es posible). It might/ could rain tomorrow (crees que la posibilidad es más remota).
    ' poder' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    absoluta
    - absoluto
    - abusar
    - abuso
    - adquisitiva
    - adquisitivo
    - ámbito
    - caber
    - CGPJ
    - concentrar
    - continuismo
    - desgaste
    - desperdicio
    - destronar
    - desvelarse
    - dominio
    - entregar
    - erótica
    - excedente
    - garra
    - grabar
    - grandeza
    - idea
    - informal
    - judicial
    - legislativa
    - legislativo
    - manifestarse
    - mano
    - obrar
    - parcela
    - remediar
    - respirar
    - sátrapa
    - sed
    - seducción
    - someterse
    - sugestión
    - usurpar
    - ver
    - acumular
    - anhelar
    - ansia
    - ansiar
    - atribuir
    - autoridad
    - ávido
    - ceder
    - clavar
    - confiar
    English:
    able
    - abuse
    - afford
    - anything
    - assume
    - assumption
    - can
    - conform
    - cope
    - encroach
    - fold
    - form
    - foursome
    - get
    - glad
    - greed
    - greediness
    - greedy
    - handle
    - hungry
    - lust
    - make
    - manage
    - may
    - might
    - office
    - out
    - power
    - power of attorney
    - proxy
    - purchasing power
    - seize
    - seizure
    - spending power
    - stick
    - stranglehold
    - take aside
    - takeover
    - unable
    - use
    - utmost
    - whichever
    - zenith
    - could
    - executive
    - height
    - helplessly
    - judiciary
    - lie
    - peace
    * * *
    poder1 nm
    1. [mando, autoridad] power;
    la gente con más poder en la organización the most powerful people in the organization;
    estar en el poder to be in power;
    hacerse con o [m5] tomar el poder to seize power;
    perder el poder to lose power;
    el poder corrompe power corrupts;
    la separación de poderes the separation of powers;
    de poder a poder: un enfrentamiento de poder a poder a heavyweight contest;
    el partido se disputó de poder a poder it was a close contest between two excellent sides
    poder absoluto absolute power;
    el poder ejecutivo [el gobierno] the executive;
    los poderes fácticos the centres of power in society;
    el poder judicial [los jueces] the judiciary;
    el poder legislativo [las cortes] the legislature;
    poderes públicos (public) authorities
    2. [posesión, control]
    estar en poder de alguien to be in sb's hands;
    obra en su poder un documento comprometedor she has in her possession a compromising document;
    tienen en su poder a varios rehenes they have taken a number of hostages;
    el pueblo cayó en poder del enemigo the town fell to the enemy;
    la casa pasó a poder del banco ownership of the house was transferred to the bank
    3. [capacidad] power;
    un producto con gran poder de limpieza a very powerful cleaning product;
    tener poderes (paranormales) to be psychic, to have psychic powers
    poder adquisitivo [de salario] purchasing o buying power; [de persona] disposable income;
    poder calorífico calorific value;
    poder de convicción persuasive powers;
    poder de convocatoria: [m5] tener poder de convocatoria to be a crowd-puller;
    Mil poder de disuasión deterrent force; Mil poder disuasorio deterrent force
    4. [autorización] power, authorization;
    [documento] power of attorney;
    dar poderes a alguien para que haga algo to authorize sb to do sth;
    tener plenos poderes para hacer algo to be fully authorized to do sth;
    por poderes by proxy;
    casarse por Esp [m5] poderes o Am [m5] poder to marry by proxy
    poder notarial power of attorney [witnessed by a notary]
    vi
    1. [tener facultad, capacidad] can, to be able to;
    no puedo decírtelo I can't tell you, I'm unable to tell you;
    ahora mismo no podemos atenderle, llame más tarde we can't o we are unable to take your call right now, please call later;
    ¿puede correrse un poco, por favor? could you move up a bit, please?;
    al final pudo salir de allí in the end she managed to get out of there;
    ¡así no se puede hacer nada! we'll never get anywhere like this!;
    de poder ir, sería a partir de las siete if I manage to o can make it, it will be after seven;
    en cuanto pueda as soon as possible;
    si puedo, te llamaré I'll call you if I get the chance
    2. [tener permiso] can, may;
    no puedo salir por la noche I'm not allowed to o I can't go out at night;
    ¿podríamos ir contigo? could we go with you?;
    ¿podría hablar un momento con usted? could I have a word with you?;
    ¿se pueden hacer fotos? can we o are we allowed to take photos?;
    ¿puedo fumar aquí? may o can I smoke here?;
    no se puede fumar you're not allowed to smoke;
    ¿se puede? may I come in?;
    ¿se puede saber dónde te habías metido? might I know o would you mind telling me where you were?
    3. [ser capaz moralmente] can;
    no podemos portarnos así con él we can't treat him like that;
    ¿cómo puedes decir una cosa así? how can you say such a thing?
    4. [tener posibilidad, ser posible] may, can;
    puede volver de un momento a otro she could come back any moment;
    puedo haberlo perdido I may have lost it;
    podías haber cogido el tren you could have caught the train;
    puede estallar la guerra war could o may break out;
    ¿dónde puede o [m5] podrá estar? where can it have got to?;
    ¡habría podido invitarnos!, ¡podría habernos invitado! [expresa enfado] she could o might have invited us!;
    ya podemos despedirnos de un aumento de sueldo we can forget our pay Br rise o US raise now
    5. [tener fuerza]
    poder con [enfermedad, rival] to be able to overcome;
    [tarea, problema] to be able to cope with;
    ¿puedes con todas las bolsas? can you manage all those bags?;
    no puedo con este baúl, ¿me ayudas a levantarlo? I can't lift this trunk on my own, can you give me a hand?;
    no poder con algo/alguien [no soportar] not to be able to stand sth/sb;
    no puedo con la hipocresía I can't stand hypocrisy;
    ¡contigo no hay quien pueda! you're impossible!
    6. Méx [doler] to hurt
    7. [en frases]
    a o [m5] hasta más no poder as much as can be;
    es avaro a más no poder he's as miserly as can be;
    llovía a más no poder it was absolutely pouring down;
    la pierna me dolía a más no poder you can't imagine how much my leg was hurting;
    no poder más [estar cansado] to be too tired to carry on;
    [estar harto de comer] to be full (up); [estar enfadado, harto] to have had enough;
    no pude por menos que reírme I had to laugh, I couldn't help but laugh;
    Fam
    ¡ya podrás, con una máquina como esa! anyone could do it with a machine like that!;
    no puedo con mi alma I'm ready to drop
    v impersonal
    [ser posible] may;
    puede que llueva it may o might rain;
    puede que se haya equivocado she may be wrong;
    ¿vendrás mañana? – puede will you come tomorrow? – I may do;
    puede que sí o puede que no maybe, maybe not;
    puede ser perhaps, maybe;
    si puede ser, a poder ser if (at all) possible;
    lo siento, pero no va a poder ser I'm sorry, but it's not going to be possible;
    puede ser que no lo sepa she may not know;
    ¡no puede ser que sea ya tan tarde! surely it can't be that late already!
    vt
    1. [ser más fuerte que] to be stronger than;
    tú eres más alto, pero yo te puedo you may be taller than me, but I could still beat you up;
    mi coche le puede al tuyo my car is faster than yours any day
    2. Méx [doler]
    me puede mucho que me desprecies it hurts me a lot that you look down on me;
    le pudo su derrota, todavía no se repone losing really got to her, she still hasn't got over it
    * * *
    I v/aux
    1 capacidad can, be able to;
    no pude hablar con ella I wasn’t able to talk to her
    2 permiso can, be allowed to;
    ¿puedo ir contigo? can o may I come with you?
    3 posibilidad may, might;
    ¡podías habérselo dicho! you could have o you might have told him
    II v/i
    :
    poder con ( sobreponerse a) manage, cope with;
    me puede he can beat me;
    es franco a más no poder fam he’s as frank as they come fam ;
    comimos a más no poder fam we ate to bursting point fam ;
    no puedo más I can’t take any more, I’ve had enough;
    a poder ser if possible;
    puede ser perhaps, maybe;
    ¡no puede ser! it can’t be!, that can’t be right!;
    puede que perhaps, maybe;
    puede ser que no lo sepa maybe o perhaps he doesn’t know;
    ¿se puede? can I come in?, do you mind if I come in?;
    no pude menos de insultarle insulting him was the least I could do
    III m tb POL power;
    en poder de alguien in s.o.’s hands;
    plenos poderes pl full authority sg ;
    por poderes, L.Am.
    por poder JUR by proxy;
    los poder es públicos the authorities
    * * *
    poder {58} v aux
    1) : to be able to, can
    no puede hablar: he can't speak
    2) (expressing possibility) : might, may
    puede llover: it may rain at any moment
    ¿cómo puede ser?: how can that be?
    ¿puedo ir a la fiesta?: can I go to the party?
    ¿se puede?: may I come in?
    poder vi
    1) : to beat, to defeat
    cree que le puede a cualquiera: he thinks he can beat anyone
    2) : to be possible
    ¿crees que vendrán? - puede (que sí): do you think they'll come? - maybe
    3)
    poder con : to cope with, to manage
    ¡no puedo con estos niños!: I can't handle these children!
    4)
    no poder más : to have had enough
    no puede más: she can't take anymore
    5)
    no poder menos que : to not be able to help
    no pudo menos que asombrarse: she couldn't help but be amazed
    poder nm
    1) : control, power
    poder adquisitivo: purchasing power
    2) : authority
    el poder legislativo: the legislature
    3) : possession
    está en mi poder: it's in my hands
    4) : strength, force
    poder militar: military might
    * * *
    poder2 vb
    1. (capacidad, posibilidad) can / could / to be able to
    ¿puedo echarte una mano? can I give you a hand?
    ¿qué podemos comprarle? what can we buy her?
    ¿cuándo podrás venir? when will you be able to come?
    2. (permiso) can / may
    ¿puedo hablar con el jefe? can I speak to the boss?
    ¿se puede pasar? can I come in?
    3. (probabilidad) may / could / might
    puede que venga, puede que no he might come, he might not
    poder con to manage / to cope with

    Spanish-English dictionary > poder

  • 13 Н-46

    (КАК (КАК БУДТО, БУДТО, СЛОВНО, ТОЧНО) С НЁБА СВАЛИТЬСЯ (УПАСТЬ) coll (как etc +) VP usu. past usu. this WO
    1. (subj: human, abstr, or concr) to appear, occur unexpectedly, suddenly
    X как с неба свалился - X appeared (came) (as if) out of the blue
    X came (sprang up) (from) out of nowhere X appeared (came) like a bolt from the blue.
    Среди всех этих толков и пересудов, вдруг как с неба упала повестка, приглашавшая именитейших представителей глу-повской интеллигенции, в такой-то день и час, прибыть к градоначальнику для внушения (Салтыков-Щедрин 1). Suddenly, amid all this talk and gossip, out of the blue came a notice summoning the most distinguished representatives of Foolov's intelligentsia to appear at such-and-such a day and hour at the town governor's for reprimand (1a).
    Когда мошенник Тартюф... уже торжествовал и разорил честных людей и когда, казалось, от него уже нет никакого спасения, всё-таки спасение явилось... Добродетельный полицейский офицер, свалившийся как бы с неба, не только в самый нужный и последний момент схватывает злодея, но ещё и произносит внушительный монолог... (Булгаков 5). When the swindler Tartuffc.was already on the verge of triumph, when he had ruined honest men and there seemed to be no escape from his clutches, rescue appeared.... A virtuous police officer, who springs up from out of nowhere, not only arrests the hero at the last and most crucial moment, but also delivers a most instructive monologue... (5a).
    2. (subj: human
    most often 2nd pers) not to know things that are obvious, understood by all: ты что, с неба свалился? = where (on earth) have you been all this time? did you fall out of the skies? are you
    what are you,) from another planet?
    have you been living in a cave (all your life)? «Мы из оккупированной местности. Нам в городе прописки нету...» - «Вам сейчас сколько? Семнадцать? Девятнадцать? Так при немцах вам было восемь лет! Не больше! Столько, сколько Лёльке сейчас! - закричала я. - Какое же это может иметь значение?» Она не удостоила меня ответом. «А ты что, с неба свалилась? - выражала её спина. - Старая дура» (Чуковская 2). "...We're from occupied territory. They won't even give us permission to live in town...." "How old are you now? Seventeen? Nineteen? So when the Germans were here you were eight! Not more! As old as Lyolka is now!" I shouted. "How can that have any importance now?" She didn't deign to answer. "Where on earth have you been all this time, you old fool?" was what her back seemed to say (2a).
    «А „Кильдин", простите, что же, пришёл в Талый с острова Фиджи?» - «Прямым курсом из Марокко, - захохотал корреспондент. — Да вы что, ребята, с неба свалились?» (Аксёнов 1). "And the Kildinl Pardon me, but what'd it do, come to Slush from the Fiji Islands?" "A steady course from Morocco," laughed the correspondent. "But what's with you guys, you fall out of the skies?" (1a).
    ...Я уверен, что наш советский доктор не мог, покрывая убийцу, взять деньги или ещё что-то. Вам это просто показалось». - «Я рассказал так, как я видел...» -«Да, да, - повторил космонавт, - вам это показалось. Там и начальник милиции был, так что ему нечего было бояться...» - «Да что он, с неба свалился!» - воскликнул по-абхазски молодой хозяин... (Искандер 4). "...I'm sure our Soviet doctor couldn't have taken money or anything else to cover up a murder. That was just your imagination." "I told it as I saw it...." "Yes, yes," the cosmonaut repeated, "it was your imagination. The police chief was there too, so he had nothing to fear-" "What is he, from another planet?" the young host exclaimed in Abkhazian... (4a).
    3. ( subj: concr or abstr) to be obtained, found unexpectedly, coming as a pleasant surprise
    X (как) с неба упал - X appeared (happened) as if by magic
    X came (seemed to come) out of the blue X (just) landed (fell) in Y's lap (in limited contexts) (itfs as if (though)) X fell from heaven (the sky).
    «Ну что бы с нами было теперь, Дуня, без этих трёх тысяч! Господи, точно с неба упали!» (Достоевский 3). "Where would we be now, Dunya, without those three thousand roubles! Lord, just as though they fell from heaven!" (3c).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > Н-46

  • 14 будто с неба свалиться

    (КАК <KAK БУДТО, БУДТО, СЛОВНО, ТОЧНО> С НЕБА СВАЛЯТЬСЯ < УПАСТЬ> colt
    [(как etc +) VP; usu. past; usu. this WO]
    =====
    1. [subj: human, abstr, or concr]
    to appear, occur unexpectedly, suddenly:
    - X как с неба свалился X appeared (came) (as if) out of the blue;
    - X appeared (came) like a bolt from the blue.
         ♦ Среди всех этих толков и пересудов, вдруг как с неба упала повестка, приглашавшая именитейших представителей глуповской интеллигенции, в такой-то день и час, прибыть к градоначальнику для внушения (Салтыков-Щедрин 1). Suddenly, amid all this talk and gossip, out of the blue came a notice summoning the most distinguished representatives of Foolov's intelligentsia to appear at such-and-such a day and hour at the town governor's for reprimand (1a).
         ♦ Когда мошенник Тартюф... уже торжествовал и разорил честных людей и когда, казалось, от него уже нет никакого спасения, всё-таки спасение явилось... Добродетельный полицейский офицер, свалившийся как бы с неба, не только в самый нужный и последний момент схватывает злодея, но ещё и произносит внушительный монолог... (Булгаков 5). When the swindler Tartuffe...was already on the verge of triumph, when he had ruined honest men and there seemed to be no escape from his clutches, rescue appeared.... A virtuous police officer, who springs up from out of nowhere, not only arrests the hero at the last and most crucial moment, but also delivers a most instructive monologue... (5a).
    2. [subj: human; most often 2nd pers]
    not to know things that are obvious, understood by all:
    - ты что, с неба свалился? where (on earth) have you been all this time?;
    - did you fall out of the skies?;
    - are you <what are you,> from another planet?;
    - have you been living in a cave (all your life)?
         ♦ "Мы из оккупированной местности. Нам в городе прописки нету..." - "Вам сейчас сколько? Семнадцать? Девятнадцать? Так при немцах вам было восемь лет! Не больше! Столько, сколько Лёльке сейчас! - закричала я. - Какое же это может иметь значение?" Она не удостоила меня ответом. "А ты что, с неба свалилась? - выражала её спина. - Старая дура" (Чуковская 2). "...We're from occupied territory. They won't even give us permission to live in town...." "How old are you now? Seventeen? Nineteen? So when the Germans were here you were eight! Not more! As old as Lyolka is now!" I shouted. "How can that have any importance now?" She didn't deign to answer. "Where on earth have you been all this time, you old fool?" was what her back seemed to say (2a).
         ♦ " А "Кильдин", простите, что же, пришёл в Талый с острова Фиджи?" - "Прямым курсом из Марокко, - захохотал корреспондент. - Да вы что, ребята, с неба свалились?" (Аксёнов 1). "And the Kildinl Pardon me, but what'd it do, come to Slush from the Fiji Islands?" "A steady course from Morocco," laughed the correspondent. "But what's with you guys, you fall out of the skies?" (1a).
         ♦ "...Я уверен, что наш советский доктор не мог, покрывая убийцу, взять деньги или ещё что-то. Вам это просто показалось". - "Я рассказал так, как я видел..." - "Да, да, - повторил космонавт, - вам это показалось. Там и начальник милиции был, так что ему нечего было бояться..." - "Да что он, с неба свалился!" - воскликнул по-абхазски молодой хозяин... (Искандер 4). "...I'm sure our Soviet doctor couldn't have taken money or anything else to cover up a murder. That was just your imagination." "I told it as I saw it...." "Yes, yes," the cosmonaut repeated, "it was your imagination. The police chief was there too, so he had nothing to fear-" "What is he, from another planet?" the young host exclaimed in Abkhazian... (4a).
    3. [subj: concr or abstr]
    to be obtained, found unexpectedly, coming as a pleasant surprise:
    - X (как) с неба упал X appeared (happened) as if by magic;
    - [in limited contexts](it's as if < though>) X fell from heaven (the sky).
         ♦ "Ну что бы с нами было теперь, Дуня, без этих трёх тысяч! Господи, точно с неба упали!" (Достоевский 3). "Where would we be now, Dunya, without those three thousand roubles! Lord, just as though they fell from heaven!" (3c).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > будто с неба свалиться

  • 15 будто с неба упасть

    (КАК <KAK БУДТО, БУДТО, СЛОВНО, ТОЧНО> С НЕБА СВАЛЯТЬСЯ < УПАСТЬ> colt
    [(как etc +) VP; usu. past; usu. this WO]
    =====
    1. [subj: human, abstr, or concr]
    to appear, occur unexpectedly, suddenly:
    - X как с неба свалился X appeared (came) (as if) out of the blue;
    - X appeared (came) like a bolt from the blue.
         ♦ Среди всех этих толков и пересудов, вдруг как с неба упала повестка, приглашавшая именитейших представителей глуповской интеллигенции, в такой-то день и час, прибыть к градоначальнику для внушения (Салтыков-Щедрин 1). Suddenly, amid all this talk and gossip, out of the blue came a notice summoning the most distinguished representatives of Foolov's intelligentsia to appear at such-and-such a day and hour at the town governor's for reprimand (1a).
         ♦ Когда мошенник Тартюф... уже торжествовал и разорил честных людей и когда, казалось, от него уже нет никакого спасения, всё-таки спасение явилось... Добродетельный полицейский офицер, свалившийся как бы с неба, не только в самый нужный и последний момент схватывает злодея, но ещё и произносит внушительный монолог... (Булгаков 5). When the swindler Tartuffe...was already on the verge of triumph, when he had ruined honest men and there seemed to be no escape from his clutches, rescue appeared.... A virtuous police officer, who springs up from out of nowhere, not only arrests the hero at the last and most crucial moment, but also delivers a most instructive monologue... (5a).
    2. [subj: human; most often 2nd pers]
    not to know things that are obvious, understood by all:
    - ты что, с неба свалился? where (on earth) have you been all this time?;
    - did you fall out of the skies?;
    - are you <what are you,> from another planet?;
    - have you been living in a cave (all your life)?
         ♦ "Мы из оккупированной местности. Нам в городе прописки нету..." - "Вам сейчас сколько? Семнадцать? Девятнадцать? Так при немцах вам было восемь лет! Не больше! Столько, сколько Лёльке сейчас! - закричала я. - Какое же это может иметь значение?" Она не удостоила меня ответом. "А ты что, с неба свалилась? - выражала её спина. - Старая дура" (Чуковская 2). "...We're from occupied territory. They won't even give us permission to live in town...." "How old are you now? Seventeen? Nineteen? So when the Germans were here you were eight! Not more! As old as Lyolka is now!" I shouted. "How can that have any importance now?" She didn't deign to answer. "Where on earth have you been all this time, you old fool?" was what her back seemed to say (2a).
         ♦ " А "Кильдин", простите, что же, пришёл в Талый с острова Фиджи?" - "Прямым курсом из Марокко, - захохотал корреспондент. - Да вы что, ребята, с неба свалились?" (Аксёнов 1). "And the Kildinl Pardon me, but what'd it do, come to Slush from the Fiji Islands?" "A steady course from Morocco," laughed the correspondent. "But what's with you guys, you fall out of the skies?" (1a).
         ♦ "...Я уверен, что наш советский доктор не мог, покрывая убийцу, взять деньги или ещё что-то. Вам это просто показалось". - "Я рассказал так, как я видел..." - "Да, да, - повторил космонавт, - вам это показалось. Там и начальник милиции был, так что ему нечего было бояться..." - "Да что он, с неба свалился!" - воскликнул по-абхазски молодой хозяин... (Искандер 4). "...I'm sure our Soviet doctor couldn't have taken money or anything else to cover up a murder. That was just your imagination." "I told it as I saw it...." "Yes, yes," the cosmonaut repeated, "it was your imagination. The police chief was there too, so he had nothing to fear-" "What is he, from another planet?" the young host exclaimed in Abkhazian... (4a).
    3. [subj: concr or abstr]
    to be obtained, found unexpectedly, coming as a pleasant surprise:
    - X (как) с неба упал X appeared (happened) as if by magic;
    - [in limited contexts](it's as if < though>) X fell from heaven (the sky).
         ♦ "Ну что бы с нами было теперь, Дуня, без этих трёх тысяч! Господи, точно с неба упали!" (Достоевский 3). "Where would we be now, Dunya, without those three thousand roubles! Lord, just as though they fell from heaven!" (3c).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > будто с неба упасть

  • 16 как будто с неба свалиться

    (КАК <KAK БУДТО, БУДТО, СЛОВНО, ТОЧНО> С НЕБА СВАЛЯТЬСЯ < УПАСТЬ> colt
    [(как etc +) VP; usu. past; usu. this WO]
    =====
    1. [subj: human, abstr, or concr]
    to appear, occur unexpectedly, suddenly:
    - X как с неба свалился X appeared (came) (as if) out of the blue;
    - X appeared (came) like a bolt from the blue.
         ♦ Среди всех этих толков и пересудов, вдруг как с неба упала повестка, приглашавшая именитейших представителей глуповской интеллигенции, в такой-то день и час, прибыть к градоначальнику для внушения (Салтыков-Щедрин 1). Suddenly, amid all this talk and gossip, out of the blue came a notice summoning the most distinguished representatives of Foolov's intelligentsia to appear at such-and-such a day and hour at the town governor's for reprimand (1a).
         ♦ Когда мошенник Тартюф... уже торжествовал и разорил честных людей и когда, казалось, от него уже нет никакого спасения, всё-таки спасение явилось... Добродетельный полицейский офицер, свалившийся как бы с неба, не только в самый нужный и последний момент схватывает злодея, но ещё и произносит внушительный монолог... (Булгаков 5). When the swindler Tartuffe...was already on the verge of triumph, when he had ruined honest men and there seemed to be no escape from his clutches, rescue appeared.... A virtuous police officer, who springs up from out of nowhere, not only arrests the hero at the last and most crucial moment, but also delivers a most instructive monologue... (5a).
    2. [subj: human; most often 2nd pers]
    not to know things that are obvious, understood by all:
    - ты что, с неба свалился? where (on earth) have you been all this time?;
    - did you fall out of the skies?;
    - are you <what are you,> from another planet?;
    - have you been living in a cave (all your life)?
         ♦ "Мы из оккупированной местности. Нам в городе прописки нету..." - "Вам сейчас сколько? Семнадцать? Девятнадцать? Так при немцах вам было восемь лет! Не больше! Столько, сколько Лёльке сейчас! - закричала я. - Какое же это может иметь значение?" Она не удостоила меня ответом. "А ты что, с неба свалилась? - выражала её спина. - Старая дура" (Чуковская 2). "...We're from occupied territory. They won't even give us permission to live in town...." "How old are you now? Seventeen? Nineteen? So when the Germans were here you were eight! Not more! As old as Lyolka is now!" I shouted. "How can that have any importance now?" She didn't deign to answer. "Where on earth have you been all this time, you old fool?" was what her back seemed to say (2a).
         ♦ " А "Кильдин", простите, что же, пришёл в Талый с острова Фиджи?" - "Прямым курсом из Марокко, - захохотал корреспондент. - Да вы что, ребята, с неба свалились?" (Аксёнов 1). "And the Kildinl Pardon me, but what'd it do, come to Slush from the Fiji Islands?" "A steady course from Morocco," laughed the correspondent. "But what's with you guys, you fall out of the skies?" (1a).
         ♦ "...Я уверен, что наш советский доктор не мог, покрывая убийцу, взять деньги или ещё что-то. Вам это просто показалось". - "Я рассказал так, как я видел..." - "Да, да, - повторил космонавт, - вам это показалось. Там и начальник милиции был, так что ему нечего было бояться..." - "Да что он, с неба свалился!" - воскликнул по-абхазски молодой хозяин... (Искандер 4). "...I'm sure our Soviet doctor couldn't have taken money or anything else to cover up a murder. That was just your imagination." "I told it as I saw it...." "Yes, yes," the cosmonaut repeated, "it was your imagination. The police chief was there too, so he had nothing to fear-" "What is he, from another planet?" the young host exclaimed in Abkhazian... (4a).
    3. [subj: concr or abstr]
    to be obtained, found unexpectedly, coming as a pleasant surprise:
    - X (как) с неба упал X appeared (happened) as if by magic;
    - [in limited contexts](it's as if < though>) X fell from heaven (the sky).
         ♦ "Ну что бы с нами было теперь, Дуня, без этих трёх тысяч! Господи, точно с неба упали!" (Достоевский 3). "Where would we be now, Dunya, without those three thousand roubles! Lord, just as though they fell from heaven!" (3c).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > как будто с неба свалиться

  • 17 как будто с неба упасть

    (КАК <KAK БУДТО, БУДТО, СЛОВНО, ТОЧНО> С НЕБА СВАЛЯТЬСЯ < УПАСТЬ> colt
    [(как etc +) VP; usu. past; usu. this WO]
    =====
    1. [subj: human, abstr, or concr]
    to appear, occur unexpectedly, suddenly:
    - X как с неба свалился X appeared (came) (as if) out of the blue;
    - X appeared (came) like a bolt from the blue.
         ♦ Среди всех этих толков и пересудов, вдруг как с неба упала повестка, приглашавшая именитейших представителей глуповской интеллигенции, в такой-то день и час, прибыть к градоначальнику для внушения (Салтыков-Щедрин 1). Suddenly, amid all this talk and gossip, out of the blue came a notice summoning the most distinguished representatives of Foolov's intelligentsia to appear at such-and-such a day and hour at the town governor's for reprimand (1a).
         ♦ Когда мошенник Тартюф... уже торжествовал и разорил честных людей и когда, казалось, от него уже нет никакого спасения, всё-таки спасение явилось... Добродетельный полицейский офицер, свалившийся как бы с неба, не только в самый нужный и последний момент схватывает злодея, но ещё и произносит внушительный монолог... (Булгаков 5). When the swindler Tartuffe...was already on the verge of triumph, when he had ruined honest men and there seemed to be no escape from his clutches, rescue appeared.... A virtuous police officer, who springs up from out of nowhere, not only arrests the hero at the last and most crucial moment, but also delivers a most instructive monologue... (5a).
    2. [subj: human; most often 2nd pers]
    not to know things that are obvious, understood by all:
    - ты что, с неба свалился? where (on earth) have you been all this time?;
    - did you fall out of the skies?;
    - are you <what are you,> from another planet?;
    - have you been living in a cave (all your life)?
         ♦ "Мы из оккупированной местности. Нам в городе прописки нету..." - "Вам сейчас сколько? Семнадцать? Девятнадцать? Так при немцах вам было восемь лет! Не больше! Столько, сколько Лёльке сейчас! - закричала я. - Какое же это может иметь значение?" Она не удостоила меня ответом. "А ты что, с неба свалилась? - выражала её спина. - Старая дура" (Чуковская 2). "...We're from occupied territory. They won't even give us permission to live in town...." "How old are you now? Seventeen? Nineteen? So when the Germans were here you were eight! Not more! As old as Lyolka is now!" I shouted. "How can that have any importance now?" She didn't deign to answer. "Where on earth have you been all this time, you old fool?" was what her back seemed to say (2a).
         ♦ " А "Кильдин", простите, что же, пришёл в Талый с острова Фиджи?" - "Прямым курсом из Марокко, - захохотал корреспондент. - Да вы что, ребята, с неба свалились?" (Аксёнов 1). "And the Kildinl Pardon me, but what'd it do, come to Slush from the Fiji Islands?" "A steady course from Morocco," laughed the correspondent. "But what's with you guys, you fall out of the skies?" (1a).
         ♦ "...Я уверен, что наш советский доктор не мог, покрывая убийцу, взять деньги или ещё что-то. Вам это просто показалось". - "Я рассказал так, как я видел..." - "Да, да, - повторил космонавт, - вам это показалось. Там и начальник милиции был, так что ему нечего было бояться..." - "Да что он, с неба свалился!" - воскликнул по-абхазски молодой хозяин... (Искандер 4). "...I'm sure our Soviet doctor couldn't have taken money or anything else to cover up a murder. That was just your imagination." "I told it as I saw it...." "Yes, yes," the cosmonaut repeated, "it was your imagination. The police chief was there too, so he had nothing to fear-" "What is he, from another planet?" the young host exclaimed in Abkhazian... (4a).
    3. [subj: concr or abstr]
    to be obtained, found unexpectedly, coming as a pleasant surprise:
    - X (как) с неба упал X appeared (happened) as if by magic;
    - [in limited contexts](it's as if < though>) X fell from heaven (the sky).
         ♦ "Ну что бы с нами было теперь, Дуня, без этих трёх тысяч! Господи, точно с неба упали!" (Достоевский 3). "Where would we be now, Dunya, without those three thousand roubles! Lord, just as though they fell from heaven!" (3c).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > как будто с неба упасть

  • 18 как с неба свалиться

    (КАК <KAK БУДТО, БУДТО, СЛОВНО, ТОЧНО> С НЕБА СВАЛЯТЬСЯ < УПАСТЬ> colt
    [(как etc +) VP; usu. past; usu. this WO]
    =====
    1. [subj: human, abstr, or concr]
    to appear, occur unexpectedly, suddenly:
    - X как с неба свалился X appeared (came) (as if) out of the blue;
    - X appeared (came) like a bolt from the blue.
         ♦ Среди всех этих толков и пересудов, вдруг как с неба упала повестка, приглашавшая именитейших представителей глуповской интеллигенции, в такой-то день и час, прибыть к градоначальнику для внушения (Салтыков-Щедрин 1). Suddenly, amid all this talk and gossip, out of the blue came a notice summoning the most distinguished representatives of Foolov's intelligentsia to appear at such-and-such a day and hour at the town governor's for reprimand (1a).
         ♦ Когда мошенник Тартюф... уже торжествовал и разорил честных людей и когда, казалось, от него уже нет никакого спасения, всё-таки спасение явилось... Добродетельный полицейский офицер, свалившийся как бы с неба, не только в самый нужный и последний момент схватывает злодея, но ещё и произносит внушительный монолог... (Булгаков 5). When the swindler Tartuffe...was already on the verge of triumph, when he had ruined honest men and there seemed to be no escape from his clutches, rescue appeared.... A virtuous police officer, who springs up from out of nowhere, not only arrests the hero at the last and most crucial moment, but also delivers a most instructive monologue... (5a).
    2. [subj: human; most often 2nd pers]
    not to know things that are obvious, understood by all:
    - ты что, с неба свалился? where (on earth) have you been all this time?;
    - did you fall out of the skies?;
    - are you <what are you,> from another planet?;
    - have you been living in a cave (all your life)?
         ♦ "Мы из оккупированной местности. Нам в городе прописки нету..." - "Вам сейчас сколько? Семнадцать? Девятнадцать? Так при немцах вам было восемь лет! Не больше! Столько, сколько Лёльке сейчас! - закричала я. - Какое же это может иметь значение?" Она не удостоила меня ответом. "А ты что, с неба свалилась? - выражала её спина. - Старая дура" (Чуковская 2). "...We're from occupied territory. They won't even give us permission to live in town...." "How old are you now? Seventeen? Nineteen? So when the Germans were here you were eight! Not more! As old as Lyolka is now!" I shouted. "How can that have any importance now?" She didn't deign to answer. "Where on earth have you been all this time, you old fool?" was what her back seemed to say (2a).
         ♦ " А "Кильдин", простите, что же, пришёл в Талый с острова Фиджи?" - "Прямым курсом из Марокко, - захохотал корреспондент. - Да вы что, ребята, с неба свалились?" (Аксёнов 1). "And the Kildinl Pardon me, but what'd it do, come to Slush from the Fiji Islands?" "A steady course from Morocco," laughed the correspondent. "But what's with you guys, you fall out of the skies?" (1a).
         ♦ "...Я уверен, что наш советский доктор не мог, покрывая убийцу, взять деньги или ещё что-то. Вам это просто показалось". - "Я рассказал так, как я видел..." - "Да, да, - повторил космонавт, - вам это показалось. Там и начальник милиции был, так что ему нечего было бояться..." - "Да что он, с неба свалился!" - воскликнул по-абхазски молодой хозяин... (Искандер 4). "...I'm sure our Soviet doctor couldn't have taken money or anything else to cover up a murder. That was just your imagination." "I told it as I saw it...." "Yes, yes," the cosmonaut repeated, "it was your imagination. The police chief was there too, so he had nothing to fear-" "What is he, from another planet?" the young host exclaimed in Abkhazian... (4a).
    3. [subj: concr or abstr]
    to be obtained, found unexpectedly, coming as a pleasant surprise:
    - X (как) с неба упал X appeared (happened) as if by magic;
    - [in limited contexts](it's as if < though>) X fell from heaven (the sky).
         ♦ "Ну что бы с нами было теперь, Дуня, без этих трёх тысяч! Господи, точно с неба упали!" (Достоевский 3). "Where would we be now, Dunya, without those three thousand roubles! Lord, just as though they fell from heaven!" (3c).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > как с неба свалиться

  • 19 как с неба упасть

    (КАК <KAK БУДТО, БУДТО, СЛОВНО, ТОЧНО> С НЕБА СВАЛЯТЬСЯ < УПАСТЬ> colt
    [(как etc +) VP; usu. past; usu. this WO]
    =====
    1. [subj: human, abstr, or concr]
    to appear, occur unexpectedly, suddenly:
    - X как с неба свалился X appeared (came) (as if) out of the blue;
    - X appeared (came) like a bolt from the blue.
         ♦ Среди всех этих толков и пересудов, вдруг как с неба упала повестка, приглашавшая именитейших представителей глуповской интеллигенции, в такой-то день и час, прибыть к градоначальнику для внушения (Салтыков-Щедрин 1). Suddenly, amid all this talk and gossip, out of the blue came a notice summoning the most distinguished representatives of Foolov's intelligentsia to appear at such-and-such a day and hour at the town governor's for reprimand (1a).
         ♦ Когда мошенник Тартюф... уже торжествовал и разорил честных людей и когда, казалось, от него уже нет никакого спасения, всё-таки спасение явилось... Добродетельный полицейский офицер, свалившийся как бы с неба, не только в самый нужный и последний момент схватывает злодея, но ещё и произносит внушительный монолог... (Булгаков 5). When the swindler Tartuffe...was already on the verge of triumph, when he had ruined honest men and there seemed to be no escape from his clutches, rescue appeared.... A virtuous police officer, who springs up from out of nowhere, not only arrests the hero at the last and most crucial moment, but also delivers a most instructive monologue... (5a).
    2. [subj: human; most often 2nd pers]
    not to know things that are obvious, understood by all:
    - ты что, с неба свалился? where (on earth) have you been all this time?;
    - did you fall out of the skies?;
    - are you <what are you,> from another planet?;
    - have you been living in a cave (all your life)?
         ♦ "Мы из оккупированной местности. Нам в городе прописки нету..." - "Вам сейчас сколько? Семнадцать? Девятнадцать? Так при немцах вам было восемь лет! Не больше! Столько, сколько Лёльке сейчас! - закричала я. - Какое же это может иметь значение?" Она не удостоила меня ответом. "А ты что, с неба свалилась? - выражала её спина. - Старая дура" (Чуковская 2). "...We're from occupied territory. They won't even give us permission to live in town...." "How old are you now? Seventeen? Nineteen? So when the Germans were here you were eight! Not more! As old as Lyolka is now!" I shouted. "How can that have any importance now?" She didn't deign to answer. "Where on earth have you been all this time, you old fool?" was what her back seemed to say (2a).
         ♦ " А "Кильдин", простите, что же, пришёл в Талый с острова Фиджи?" - "Прямым курсом из Марокко, - захохотал корреспондент. - Да вы что, ребята, с неба свалились?" (Аксёнов 1). "And the Kildinl Pardon me, but what'd it do, come to Slush from the Fiji Islands?" "A steady course from Morocco," laughed the correspondent. "But what's with you guys, you fall out of the skies?" (1a).
         ♦ "...Я уверен, что наш советский доктор не мог, покрывая убийцу, взять деньги или ещё что-то. Вам это просто показалось". - "Я рассказал так, как я видел..." - "Да, да, - повторил космонавт, - вам это показалось. Там и начальник милиции был, так что ему нечего было бояться..." - "Да что он, с неба свалился!" - воскликнул по-абхазски молодой хозяин... (Искандер 4). "...I'm sure our Soviet doctor couldn't have taken money or anything else to cover up a murder. That was just your imagination." "I told it as I saw it...." "Yes, yes," the cosmonaut repeated, "it was your imagination. The police chief was there too, so he had nothing to fear-" "What is he, from another planet?" the young host exclaimed in Abkhazian... (4a).
    3. [subj: concr or abstr]
    to be obtained, found unexpectedly, coming as a pleasant surprise:
    - X (как) с неба упал X appeared (happened) as if by magic;
    - [in limited contexts](it's as if < though>) X fell from heaven (the sky).
         ♦ "Ну что бы с нами было теперь, Дуня, без этих трёх тысяч! Господи, точно с неба упали!" (Достоевский 3). "Where would we be now, Dunya, without those three thousand roubles! Lord, just as though they fell from heaven!" (3c).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > как с неба упасть

  • 20 с неба свалиться

    (КАК <KAK БУДТО, БУДТО, СЛОВНО, ТОЧНО> С НЕБА СВАЛЯТЬСЯ < УПАСТЬ> colt
    [(как etc +) VP; usu. past; usu. this WO]
    =====
    1. [subj: human, abstr, or concr]
    to appear, occur unexpectedly, suddenly:
    - X как с неба свалился X appeared (came) (as if) out of the blue;
    - X appeared (came) like a bolt from the blue.
         ♦ Среди всех этих толков и пересудов, вдруг как с неба упала повестка, приглашавшая именитейших представителей глуповской интеллигенции, в такой-то день и час, прибыть к градоначальнику для внушения (Салтыков-Щедрин 1). Suddenly, amid all this talk and gossip, out of the blue came a notice summoning the most distinguished representatives of Foolov's intelligentsia to appear at such-and-such a day and hour at the town governor's for reprimand (1a).
         ♦ Когда мошенник Тартюф... уже торжествовал и разорил честных людей и когда, казалось, от него уже нет никакого спасения, всё-таки спасение явилось... Добродетельный полицейский офицер, свалившийся как бы с неба, не только в самый нужный и последний момент схватывает злодея, но ещё и произносит внушительный монолог... (Булгаков 5). When the swindler Tartuffe...was already on the verge of triumph, when he had ruined honest men and there seemed to be no escape from his clutches, rescue appeared.... A virtuous police officer, who springs up from out of nowhere, not only arrests the hero at the last and most crucial moment, but also delivers a most instructive monologue... (5a).
    2. [subj: human; most often 2nd pers]
    not to know things that are obvious, understood by all:
    - ты что, с неба свалился? where (on earth) have you been all this time?;
    - did you fall out of the skies?;
    - are you <what are you,> from another planet?;
    - have you been living in a cave (all your life)?
         ♦ "Мы из оккупированной местности. Нам в городе прописки нету..." - "Вам сейчас сколько? Семнадцать? Девятнадцать? Так при немцах вам было восемь лет! Не больше! Столько, сколько Лёльке сейчас! - закричала я. - Какое же это может иметь значение?" Она не удостоила меня ответом. "А ты что, с неба свалилась? - выражала её спина. - Старая дура" (Чуковская 2). "...We're from occupied territory. They won't even give us permission to live in town...." "How old are you now? Seventeen? Nineteen? So when the Germans were here you were eight! Not more! As old as Lyolka is now!" I shouted. "How can that have any importance now?" She didn't deign to answer. "Where on earth have you been all this time, you old fool?" was what her back seemed to say (2a).
         ♦ " А "Кильдин", простите, что же, пришёл в Талый с острова Фиджи?" - "Прямым курсом из Марокко, - захохотал корреспондент. - Да вы что, ребята, с неба свалились?" (Аксёнов 1). "And the Kildinl Pardon me, but what'd it do, come to Slush from the Fiji Islands?" "A steady course from Morocco," laughed the correspondent. "But what's with you guys, you fall out of the skies?" (1a).
         ♦ "...Я уверен, что наш советский доктор не мог, покрывая убийцу, взять деньги или ещё что-то. Вам это просто показалось". - "Я рассказал так, как я видел..." - "Да, да, - повторил космонавт, - вам это показалось. Там и начальник милиции был, так что ему нечего было бояться..." - "Да что он, с неба свалился!" - воскликнул по-абхазски молодой хозяин... (Искандер 4). "...I'm sure our Soviet doctor couldn't have taken money or anything else to cover up a murder. That was just your imagination." "I told it as I saw it...." "Yes, yes," the cosmonaut repeated, "it was your imagination. The police chief was there too, so he had nothing to fear-" "What is he, from another planet?" the young host exclaimed in Abkhazian... (4a).
    3. [subj: concr or abstr]
    to be obtained, found unexpectedly, coming as a pleasant surprise:
    - X (как) с неба упал X appeared (happened) as if by magic;
    - [in limited contexts](it's as if < though>) X fell from heaven (the sky).
         ♦ "Ну что бы с нами было теперь, Дуня, без этих трёх тысяч! Господи, точно с неба упали!" (Достоевский 3). "Where would we be now, Dunya, without those three thousand roubles! Lord, just as though they fell from heaven!" (3c).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > с неба свалиться

См. также в других словарях:

  • Live at the Rainbow — Live At The Rainbow, est la première vidéo musicale du groupe de heavy metal britannique Iron Maiden, enregistrée le 12 décembre 1980 et publiée en 1981. L enregistrement contient sept morceaux: Ides of March Wrathchild Killers Remember Tomorrow… …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Live At The Rainbow — Live At The Rainbow, est la première vidéo musicale du groupe de heavy metal britannique Iron Maiden, enregistrée le 12 décembre 1980 et publiée en 1981. L enregistrement contient sept morceaux: Ides of March Wrathchild Killers Remember Tomorrow… …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Live at the rainbow — Live At The Rainbow, est la première vidéo musicale du groupe de heavy metal britannique Iron Maiden, enregistrée le 12 décembre 1980 et publiée en 1981. L enregistrement contient sept morceaux: Ides of March Wrathchild Killers Remember Tomorrow… …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Summons of the Lord of Hosts — The Summons of the Lord of Hosts is a collection of the tablets of Bahá u lláh, founder of the Bahá í Faith, which were written to the kings and rulers of the world during his exile in Adrianople and in the early years of his exile to the… …   Wikipedia

  • The Death Gate Cycle — is a seven part series (heptalogy) of fantasy novels written by Margaret Weis and Tracy Hickman. The main conflict is between two powerful races, the Sartan and the Patryns, which branched off from humans following a nuclear/anti matter holocaust …   Wikipedia

  • The Sacrament of Penance —     The Sacrament of Penance     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Sacrament of Penance     Penance is a sacrament of the New Law instituted by Christ in which forgiveness of sins committed after baptism is granted through the priest s absolution to… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Fear Of The Dark (Album) — Pour les articles homonymes, voir Fear of the Dark. Fear of the Dark Album par Iron Maiden Sortie 12 mai 1992 Enregistremen …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Fear of the dark (album) — Pour les articles homonymes, voir Fear of the Dark. Fear of the Dark Album par Iron Maiden Sortie 12 mai 1992 Enregistremen …   Wikipédia en Français

  • The Trooper — Single par Iron Maiden extrait de l’album Piece of Mind Face B Cross Eyed Mary Sortie 20 juin 1983 Genre Heavy metal Producteur …   Wikipédia en Français

  • The x factor (album) — The X Factor Album par Iron Maiden Sortie 2 octobre 1995 Enregistrement fin 1994 septembre 1995 aux Barnyard Studios, Essex, Angleterre Durée 70 min 54 s Genre …   Wikipédia en Français

  • The Blessed Virgin Mary —     The Blessed Virgin Mary     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Virgin Mary     The Blessed Virgin Mary is the mother of Jesus Christ, the mother of God.     In general, the theology and history of Mary the Mother of God follow the… …   Catholic encyclopedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»